NIEB

TEL-FAX : 03472252455 e-mail ID – chairmankm@gmail.
com
[email protected]
Memo No.:- 4955/17-556/17 Date:24/03/2017
NOTICE INVITING e-BID

BID NO :-. WBMAD/ULB/KRISHNANAGAR/AMRUT/NIT-21/
2nd call /2016-17
(2nd Call of WBMAD/ULB/KRISHNANAGAR/AMRUT/NIT-17/2016-17)
The Chairman, on and for behalf of the Board of Councillors of Krishnanagar Municipality
invites sealed competitive eBid on Turnkey Basis (Two part System) from reliable and
resourceful Companies/Firms/Contractors having experience and acumen in construction
work as noted below the eligibility & depicted hereunder for participating in the Bid.
1. Name of Work: Surveying, Planning, Designing, Construction &

commissioning of intake Jetty structure with raw
water pumping station having capacity to supply
31.47 MLD with 22 hours operation (Approx.- 1430
m3/hr.), 800 KVA HT substation and laying of 700
mm dia. rising main up to inlet well of the proposed
water treatment plant with necessary civil, electrical
(according to I/E rules), mechanical & all other allied
works related for Krishnanagar water treatment plant
as per KoPT hydraulic survey report (with necessary
approval from respective Authority) including jetty &
Substation lightening with yard and internal
illumination complete in all respect on Turnkey basis
and after satisfactory completion and commissioning,
3(three) months trial run, necessary training of
maintenance staff & thereafter (subsequently) 5 (five)
years operation and maintenance with security and
guarding arrangement under AMRUT.
2. Location of Work: The site of proposed intake Jetty structure with raw
water pumping station will be at PLOT NO R.S. & L.R. –
1/1552(P) OF MOUZA –GADIGACHHA, J.L. NO – 17, P.S. –
NABADWIP, DIST – NADIA
3. Eligibility to participate Having experience and technical acumen in Executing,

in the Bid Construction & Completion of intake jetty cum
pumping station of 10 MLD or above
capacity,Substation of 240 kVA or above capacity
including Civil & Electro-mechanical works and Laying
of 4.5 meter DI/MS pipe in a single/separate contract
during last five financial years in any
Govt./Board/Semi Govt./Corporation/Statutory
Authority/ Govt. undertaking etc. organization
AND
Having sufficient qualified technical personnel (to be

employed under the firm for at least 3 consecutive
years) with sound knowledge and experience in
execution of similar nature of works
AND
Having annual turnover of at least Rs.10.00 Crore or

above in any one year of last three Financial years
AND
Having valid electrical license(Both HT & LT),

VAT/ST, TAN, PAN Card, PF & E.S.I Registration
Certificate and Electrical supervisory license etc.
4. Documents to be A successful performance and completion certificate

produced in support of supplemented with work order along with payment
certificate issued by the competent authority shall
Credential for Bid have to be furnished in support of credibility in terms
with eligibility criteria depicted in this Notice (Ref: Sl.
No. 3 :Eligibility to participate in the Bid). Besides
this, following documents shall have to be furnished:
a. Particulars of ownership/partnership or Board of

Directors pertaining to the
Organization/Company/Firm
b. Copies of valid PAN Card, PF & E.S.I Registration

Certificate, Electrical Supervisory license Certificate
INTAKE JETTY CUM PUMPING STATION, 800 kVA HT SUB STATION AND LAYING OF RISING MAIN FOR WSS FOR KRISHNAGAR MUNICIPALITY UNDER AMRUT
2
(LT).
c. Bank solvency Certificate not less than 5.00 crores

and
d. Valid documents in support of annual Turnover.
e. List of machines & equipment necessary for fields.
f. List of Technical Personnel employed under the

organization in details with names, qualification,
experience and address with contact number.
g. Corresponding address, fax & telephone nos. Contract

mobile no. & Email no. of the Organization.
All documents in original to be produced in due

course of time as & when asked by the Tender
Inviting Authority
5. Earnest Money 2% of the Quoted Bid price in two parts, vise
a. Rs. 5,00,000.00 (Rupees five Lakhs only) as an initial

Earnest Money Deposit shall accompany with Bid
Proposal, in the form as depicted below.
b. Balance Earnest Money Deposit beyond Rs.5,

00,000.00 (if any) shall be deposited after acceptance
of Bid Proposal.
Note:- The Earnest Money, as specified in this NIeB shall be

paid by online internet bank transfer or NEFT or RTGS (as per
GO No. 3975-F(Y) dt. 28.07.2016 of Finance Deptt., Govt. Of
West Bengal). Every such Transfer shall be done on or after
the date of publish of NIeB. Any Bid without such Transfer of
EM (Except exemption as per G.O.) shall be treated as
informal and shall be automatically cancelled. Online transfer
of Earnest Money receipt (Scanned copy) shall be uploaded
as Statutory document.
6. Date and Time Schedule :-
Sl. Particulars Date and Time

No.
a) Date of uploading of N.I.T. and Tender 24/03/2017
3
Documents online) (Publishing Date)
b) Documents download/sell start date (Online) 25/03/2017 at 10:00 AM
c) Documents download/sell end date (Online) 17/04/2017 at 5:00 PM
d) Seek Clarification start date NIL
e) Seek Clarification end date NIL
f) Date of Pre Bid Meeting with the intending 07/04/2017 at 1:00 PM

Bidders In the office of the Superintending
Engineer, East Circle, Municipal Engineering
Directorate, Krishnapur, Prafullakanan.
g) Bid submission start date (On line) 25/03/2017 at 10:00 AM
h) Bid Submission closing date (On line) 17/04/2017 at 5:00 PM
i) Bid opening date for Technical Proposals 20/04/2017 at 11.00 AM

(Online)
j) Date of uploading list for Technically To be notified later.

Qualified Bidders (Online)
k) Date and Place for opening of Financial To be notified during uploading of

Proposal (Online) Technical Evaluation Sheet of Bidders
l) Date of uploading of list of Bidders along To be notified later.

with the offer rates through (on line),
7. Time of completion Time of completion of the Contract is 12(twelve)

months from the date of issue of Work Order.
8. Site inspection & Intending Bidders are required to inspect the site of
general information the Project with particular reference to location and
infrastructure facilities. They are to make a careful
study with regard to availability of materials and their
sources and all relevant factors as might affect their
rates and prices. They are also acquainted with
relevant IS specifications, CPHEEO manuals, Clauses &
Sub Clauses of the Bid documents and to have fully
acquainted with all details of work front,
communications, underground utility services,
seasonal weather and its variation, labour, water
supply, existing & proposed site levels, position and
diversion of transportation and barricading , if
required, electricity and any other general information
including topological condition & existing level and
4
level pertaining to and needed for the work to be
completed in time properly.
9. Bid documents A full set of Bid documents consists of 2 Parts. These

are;
I) Part I containing all documents in relation to the

name of the firm applied for and credentials possessed
by them, all documents as depicted in Sl. No. 4along
with this NIeB and its all corrigenda‟s.
AND
Section A: Description of the Project.
Section B: Conditions & requirements for Bidding.
Section C: General conditions of theContract.
Section D: Special provisions.
Section E: General specifications of Workmanship

&materials for Civil Works.
Section F: General technical specification.
Section G: DETAILED TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR CIVIL

WORKS FOR INTAKE JETTY PUMPING STATION WITH HT
SUBSTATION
Section H: General Technical Specification for R.C.C

Pile foundation.
Section I: Technical Specification of Pumps.
Section j: Mechanical works
Section K: Motor Control Panel& Power Distribution

Panel
Section L: Electrical Motor Works
Section M: Specification of Sub station Building
Section N: Laying Of Rising Main
Section O: Annexure
i. Soil Investigation Report.

ii. List of documents to be furnished
iii. Tentative Layout of Substation Building
iv. List of tools / Electrical equipment.
5
v. List of vendors
vi. List of deviation
vii. Hydraulic survey report( KoPT report)
viii. Tentative lay out plan of Intake Jetty
ix. Site Plan
II) Part II containing following documents;
a. Bid Price / Price Schedule (BOQ).
10. Validity of Bid A Bid submitted shall remain valid for a period of 120
calendar days from the date set for opening of Bids.
Any extension of this validity period if required will be
subject to concurrence of the Bidders.
11. Withdrawal of Bid A Bid once submitted shall not be withdrawn within the
validity period. If any Bidder/Bidders withdraw
his/their Bid(s) within the validity period then Earnest
Money as deposited by him/them will be forfeited.
12. Acceptance of Bid The Chairman, Krishnanagar Municipality will accept

the Bid on recommendation of the Competent
Authority. He does not bind himself to accept
otherwise the lowest Bid and reserves to
himself/herself the right to reject any or all of the Bids
received without assigning any reason thereof.
13. Intimation The successful Bidder will be notified in writing of the

acceptance of his Bid. The Bidder then becomes the
“Contractor” and he shall forthwith take steps to
execute Formal Contract Agreement in appropriate
Municipal Formwith the Chairman, Krishnanagar
Municipality and fulfil all his obligations as required by
the Contract.
After the Bid is provisionally accepted, the Bidder shall

submit detail Design, Drawing and working
specifications phase wise based on existing site
condition & proposed levels at site. If it is found
technically correct and acceptable with proper
examination by the Superintending Engineer, East
Circle, M.E. Directorate, provisional approval of the
submitted drawings will be accorded phase wise for
execution.
Eventually, all the parts, Design, Drawings etc. of the
6
successful Bidder shall be taken as a part of the
agreement.
14. Escalation of Cost There will be no escalation in cost for materials or

labour and the contract price mentioned in the contract
stands valid till completion of the O&M of the contract.
15. Name & address of Executive Engineer, Nadia Division, Municipal

Engineer-In-Charge Engineering Directorate.
(EIC) of the Work
16. Execution of Work The Contractor is liable to execute the whole work as
per direction and instruction of the Executive Engineer,
Nadia Division of Municipal Engineering Directorate
who is the Engineer in Charge of the work after due
approval of “The Superintending Engineer, East Circle,
M. E. Dte.”
17. Payment Payment will be made to the successful Bidder by the

Chairman, Krishnanagar Municipality periodically only
on receipt of written recommendation from the
Executive Engineer, Nadia Division of Municipal
Engineering Directorate. Payment for all Electro-
mechanical works will be recommended by the
Technical Advisor, (E/M) MED.
18. Influence Any attempt to exercise undue influence in the matter

of acceptance of Bid is strictly prohibited and any
Bidder who resorts to this will render his Bid liable to
rejection.
Following clauses are to be adhering to by the concerned Bidder during the

process of Bidding.
19. In case office faces sudden closure owing to reason beyond the scope and control of the
Chairman, any of last date/dates as schedule in Sl. No 7 may be extended up-to/to
next and following working day without issuing further and separate notice should the
Chairman feel it to be necessary and exigent.
20. Persons having authenticated and having registered Power of Attorney may be
considered lawfully becoming to be acting on and for behalf of the Bidder.
21. Sufficient care has been taken to avoid variance in between the contents of the listed
documents in the Bid documents. However, if there is any variance between the
contents of different documents, the provision of documents appearing earlier in the list
shall prevail over the same provided in the contents coming later.
22. Imposition of any duty/tax/rule etc. owing to change /application in
7
legislations/enactment shall be considered as a part of the contract and to be adhering
to by the Bidder/Contractor strictly.
23. Bid Acceptance Authority is the Chairman, Krishnanagar Municipality.
24. In case of any dispute arising from any clauses of similar nature between bid
documents and Municipal tender form, the decision of Superintending Engineer, East
Circle, M.E. Directorate, will be final and binding.
25. All usual deductions for taxes i.e. ST, IT, and Labour welfare Cess etc. as applicable
will be made from the bills from time to time which is inclusive in cl.57 of section C.
26. No conditional/ incomplete Bid shall be entertained.
27. In the event of e-Filing intending bidder may download the tender document from the
website http://wbtenders.gov.in directly by the help of Digital Signature Certificate &
necessary cost of tender document may be remitted through demand draft/ pay order
issued from any nationalized bank/Scheduled bank in favour of Chairman,
Krishnanagar Municipality payable at Krishnanagar& same may be documented
along with earnest money Deposit through e-Filling, (scanned copy to be
submitted)(Details of which has been narrated in “Instruction to Bidders”).
Technical Bid & Financial Bid both will be submitted concurrently duly digitally signed in
the Website http://wbtenders.gov.in. Tender document may be downloaded from
website & submission of Technical Bid/Financial Bid as per Tender Schedule.
28. The requisite cost of Earnest Money, as specified in this NIeB shall be paid by online
internet bank transfer or NEFT or RTGS (as per GO No. 3975-F(Y) dt. 28.07.2016 of
Finance Deptt., Govt. Of West Bengal). Every such Transfer shall be done on or after
the date of publish of NIeB. Any Bid without such Transfer of EM (Except exemption as
per G.O.) shall be treated as informal and shall be automatically cancelled. Online
transfer of Earnest Money receipt (Scanned copy) shall be uploaded as Statutory
document
29. The Bidder, at the Bidder‟s own responsibility and risk is encouraged to visit and
examine the site of works and its Surroundings and obtain all information that may be
necessary for preparing the Bid and entering into a contract for the work as mentioned
in the Notice inviting Tender, the cost of visiting the site shall be at the Bidder‟s own
expense. Traffic management and execution shall be the responsibility of the Agency at
his/her/their risk and cost.
30. The intending Bidders shall clearly understand that whatever may be the outcome of
the present invitation of Bids, no cost of Bidding shall be reimbursable by the ULB. The
Chairman, Krishnanagar Municipality reserves the right to reject any application for
purchasing Bid documents and to accept or reject any or all the offered bid /bids
without assigning any reason whatsoever and is not liable for any cost that might have
incurred by any Bidder at any stage of Bidding.
8
31. Prospective applicants are advised to note carefully the minimum qualification criteria
as mentioned in „Instructions to Bidders‟ before bidding.
32. During scrutiny, if it is come to the notice to tender inviting authority that the
credential or any other papers found incorrect/manufactured/fabricated, that Bidder will
not be allowed to participate in the tender and that application will be out rightly
rejected without any prejudice.
33. Before issuance of the work order, the tender inviting authority may verify the
credential & other documents with the original of the lowest bidder if found necessary.
After verification, if it is found that such documents submitted by the lowest bidder is
either manufacture or false, in that case, L.O.A. / work order will not be issued in
favour of the bidder under any circumstances.
34. If any discrepancy arises between two similar clauses on different notifications, the
clause as stated in later notification will supersede former one in following sequence:
i) Municipal „K‟ Form
ii) NIeB
iii) Special terms & Condition
iv) Technical bid
v) Financial bid
35. Contractor shall have to comply with the provisions of (a) the contract labour
(Regulation Abolition) Act. 1970(b) Apprentice Act. 1961 and (c) minimum wages Act.
1948 of the notification thereof or any other laws relating thereto and the rules made
and order issued there under from time to time.
36. Where an individual person holds a digital certificate in his own name duly issued to
him against the company or the firm of which he happens to be a director or partner,
such individual person shall, while uploading any tender for and on behalf of such
company or firm, invariably upload a copy of registered power of attorney showing
clear authorization in his favour, by the rest of the directors of such company or the
partners of such firm, to upload such tender. The power of attorney shall have to be
registered in accordance with the provisions of the Registration Act, 1908.
37. Any legal matter will be settled within the jurisdiction of Hon‟ble District Judges Court
at Krishnanagar, Dist.- Nadia, West Bengal.
38. Bidder would be at liberty to point out any ambiguities, contradictions, omissions etc.
seeking clarifications thereof or interpretation of any of the conditions of the Bid
documents before the Bid Inviting Authority in writing 48 hours prior to Pre Bid
Meeting, beyond such period no representation in that behalf will be entertained by the
Bid Inviting Authority.
9
39. The successful Bidder will remain liable for following with West Bengal Contract Labour
(Regulation & Abolition) Act 1970 and necessary certificates from appropriate authority
to be submitted within 07 (seven) days from the date of issue of work order, otherwise
the work order may be cancelled.
40. Additional Security Deposit @ 8% (eight percent) will be deducted from each and every
running bill. The entire amount of such 10% (ten percent) of Security Deposit (Initial
2% EM + additional 8%) excluding for operation and maintenance will be refunded
without any interest only after successful completion of the whole work in all respect as
per clause 57 of section C after full satisfaction of E.I.C.
41 The successful bidder has to provide detailed estimate along with rate analysis (if any)
for all civil and electro mechanical works including planning and drawings as per the
clause 57 of Section C with all necessary break up elaborately for comparison of rate
with departmental estimate if asked by the concerned authority before acceptance of
bid which will be treated as part of the bid document.
42. Clause 57 of Section C has been prepared on the basis of major items of the work so
that contractor may get payment after completion of major items in a phase wise way .
If any item the contractor feels as major item but not reflected in the clause will be
pointed out during pre-bid meeting. All otheritems (if any) not shown in the payment
schedule or in bid document but required for successful completion and commissioning
of the project will be in the scope of Bidder.
Chairman
Krishnanagar Municipality
10
INSTRUCTION TO BIDDERS/BIDDERS
SECTION – A
1. General guidance for e-tendering

Instructions/ Guidelines for Bidders for electronic submission of the tenders have
been annexed for assisting them to participate in e-tendering.
2. Registration of Bidder
Any Bidder willing to take part in the process of e-tendering will have to be enrolled
and registered with the Government e-procurement system, through logging on to
http://wbtenders.gov.in. The Bidder is to click on the link for e-tendering site as
given on the web portal.
3. Digital Signature certificate (DSC)

Each Bidder is required to obtain a class-II or Class-III Digital Signature Certificate
(DSC) for submission of tenders, from the service provider of the National
Information‟s Centre (NIC) or any other bonafide service provider on payment of
requisite amount. Details are available at the Web Site stated in Clause 2 of
Guideline to Bidder. DSC is given as a USB e-Token.
4. The contractor can search and download NIB and Tender Documents
electronically from computer once he logs on to the website mentioned in Clause 2
using the Digital Signature Certificate. This is the only mode of collection of Tender
Documents.
5. Submission of Tenders.
General process of submission, Tenders are to be submitted through online to the
website stated in Cl. 2 in two folders at a time for each work, one in Technical
Proposal and the other is Financial Proposal before the prescribed date and time
using the Digital Signature Certificate (DSC) the documents are to be uploaded
virus scanned copy duly Digitally Signed. The documents will get encrypted
(transformed into non readable formats).
A. Technical proposal
The Technical proposal should contain scanned copies of the following further two
covers (folders).
A-1. Statutory Cover Containing
1. Prequalification Document
i. Prequalification Application (Sec-B, Form – I)
ii. Scanned Copy online Transaction of earnest money

(EMD) as prescribed in the NIeB against each of the serial of work in favour of “The
Chairman, Krishnanagar Municipality,” payable at Krishnanagar.
2. NIeBwith Bid Documents(download and upload the same Digitally Signed)

11
3. Technical Document (To be filled, scanned & digitally signed)
i. Financial Statement (Section – B, Form – II).
ii. Affidavits( (Ref:- format for general affidavit shown in “Y” Part “B”. )
iii. Bank Solvency Certificate.
iv. Form III & IV Of Section B.
A-2. Non statutory Cover Containing/My Documents
i. Professional Tax (PT) deposit receipt challan (up to date), PAN Card, IT, IT
Return for the Current Assessment year, VAT Registration Certificate (up to
date).
ii. Registration Certificate under Company Act. (if any).
iii. Registered Deed of partnership Firm/ Article of Association and Memorandum
iv. Power of Attorney (For Partnership Firm/ Private Limited Company, if any)
v. Tax Audit Report along with Balance Sheet and Profit and Loss A/c for the last
five years(year just preceding the current Financial Year will be considered as year
– I)
vi. Clearance Certificate for the Current Year issued by the Assistant Registrar of
Co-Op(S) (ARCS) bye laws are to be submitted by the Registered labour Co-Op(S)
Engineers‟ Co.-Opt.(S)
vii. List of machineries possessed by own/arranged through lease deed along with
authenticated documents of lease / sub-lease / hire basis etc.
viii. List of laboratory Instrument.
ix. List of technical staff along with structure and organization (Section – B, Form –
III).
x. Credential :Scanned copy of Original Credential Certificate as stated in NIeB
Note: - Failure of submission of any of the above mentioned documents (as stated
in A1 and A2) will render the Bid liable to be summarily rejected for both statutory
andnon statutory cover.
Intending Bidders should upload Non-Statutory documents as per following folders in My

Document:
E-Bidding system of
Government of West
Bengal
Bidder Document Sub
Category
Master
Sl. No. Category Name Sub Category Name Sub Category Description
12
A CERTIFICATES
A1. CERTIFICATES 1. West Bengal VAT
Registration / ST
Registration/ P.F/PAN
2.Valid Electrical License
3.E.S.IRegistration
Certificate.
B COMPANY
DETAILS
B1. COMPANY DETAILS 1 1. Proprietorship Firm (Trade
License).
2. Registered Deed of
partnership Firm
3. Registration Certificate
under Company
Act. (if any). Ltd. Company
(Incorporation
Certificate , Trade License)
4. Power of Attorney (For
Partnership Firm/
Private Limited Company, if
any)
5. Society (Society
Registration copy, Trade
License)
C CREDENTIAL
C1. CREDENTIAL1 Similar nature Work &
Completion
Certificates along with work
order and
payment certificate issued by
competent
authority (as per Sl No. 3 of
NIeB)
D EQUIPMENT
D1.LABORTARY 1. List of Machineries and
equipment
D2. CIVIL MACHINERIES
necessary for field as well as
D2. ELECTRICAL laboratory test of
MACHINERIES all materials as per NIeB
D2. MECHNANICAL
MACHINERIES
D2. MISCELLENEOUS
MACHINERIES
E FINANCIAL
INFO
E1. P/L & BALANCE P/L & BALANCE SHEET
SHEET (as per NIeB)
E2. PAYMENT Payment Certificate in

CERTIFICATE 1 support of valid
E3 PAYMENT Credential only to be
CERTIFICATE 2 submitted
F MANPOWER
F1. TECHNICAL 1. List of sufficiently
PERSONNEL qualified technical person
(as per Sl No 3 of NIeB)
F2. TECHNICAL 1. List of technical personnel
PERSONNEL ON employed under
CONTRACT the organisation (or on
contact basis ) in details
with name, qualification,
experience and,
address with contact number.
13
G DECLARATION DECLARATION 1 1. Bank Solvency Certificate
(As per NIeB)
DECLARATION 2 2. Valid Document in support
of annualturnover as per
NIeB.
DECLARATION 3 3. Corrigendum and
additional document (if
any).
Note:- Failure of submission of any of the above mentioned documents (as stated in A1 & A2) will
render the Bid liable to summarily rejected for both statutory & non statutory cover.
All Corrigendum & Addendum Notices, if any, have to be digitally signed & uploaded
by the contractor in the Declaration Folder of My Documents.
B. Bid Evaluation
i. Opening and evaluation of Bid :- If any Bidder is exempted from
payment of EMD, copy of relevant Government order needs to be furnished
(applicable in case of Registered Labour Co-Operative Society).
ii. Opening of Technical proposal :- Technical proposals will be opened by the

The Bid Inviting Authority electronically from the website using his/ her Digital
Signature Certificate.
iii. Cover (folder) of statutory documents (vide Cl. No. 5.A-1) should be
opened first and if found in order, cover (Folder) for non-statutory documents (vide
Cl. No. – 5.A-2) will be opened. If there is any deficiency in the statutory
documents the Bid will summarily be rejected.
iv. Decrypted (transformed in to readable formats) documents of the non-statutory

cover will be downloaded and handed over to the Bid Evolution Committee. Scrutiny of
technical proposal and recommendation thereafter and processing of comparative
statement for acceptance etc. will be made by the Municipal Engineering Directorate,
under the Deptt. of Municipal Affairs, Govt. of West Bengal. Comparative Statement
may be forwarded to appropriate authority depending on the value of the work as
applicable as per existing norms and guidelines under UIDSSMT programme.
v. Uploading of summary list of technically qualified bidders.
vi. Pursuant to scrutiny and decision of the screening committee the summary list of
eligible Bidder and for which their proposal will be considered and uploaded in the web
portals.
vii. While evaluation, the committee may summon the bidders and seek
clarification / information or additional documents or original hard copy of any of
the documents already submitted and if these are not produced within the
stipulated time frame, their proposals will be liable for rejection.
C. Financial proposal
As per Sl. 9 Part II (a) , Bid Price / Price Schedule. To be uploaded Digitally
signed by the Bidder.
14
6. Financial capacity of a Bidder will be judged on the basis of working capital and
available bid capacity as mentioned in the N.I.T. to be derived from the information
furnished in FORM-I and II (Section-B) i.e., Application (for Pre-qualification) and
Financial Statement. If an applicant feels that his/their Working Capital beyond own
resource may be insufficient, he/they may include with the application a letter of
guarantee issued by a first class Bank to supplement the applicant. This letter of
guarantee should be addressed to the Tender Inviting/ Accepting
Authority and should guarantee duly specifying the name of the project
that in case of contract is awarded to the Bidder, the Bidder will be
provided with a revolving line of credit. Such revolving line of credit should be
maintained until the works are taken over by the Authority.
The audited Balance sheet for the last five years, net worth bid capacity etc.
are to be submitted which must demonstrate the soundness of Bidder‟s financial
position, showing long term profitability including an estimated financial projection
of the next two years.
7. Penalty for suppression / distortion of facts
Submission of false document by Bidder is strictly prohibited and in case of such act
by the Bidder the same may be referred to the appropriate authority for
prosecution as per relevant IT Act with forfeiture of earnest money forthwith.
8. REJECTION OF BID
The Employer (tender accepting authority) reserves the right to accept or

reject any Bid and to cancel the Bidding processes and reject all Bids at
any time prior to the award of Contract without thereby incurring any
liability to the affected Bidder or Bidders or any obligation to inform the
affected Bidder or Bidders of the ground for Employer’s (tender accepting
authority) action.
The Bidder who‟s Bid has been accepted will be notified by the Tender Inviting and
Accepting Authority through acceptance letter/ Letter of Acceptance
The Letter of Acceptance will constitute the formation of the Contract.
The Agreement in Printed Tender Form will incorporate all necessary documents
e.g. N.I.B., all addenda-corrigendum, special terms and condition (Section –C),
different filled-up forms (Section –B), Price Schedule and the same will be executed
between the Tender Accepting Authority and the successful Bidder.
Chairman
SECTION – B
15
FORM –I
PRE-QUALIFICATION APPLICATION
To
Chairman
Ref: - Tender
for______________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________ (Name of work) ____________________________

_____________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________
______
N.I. B. No.:
Dear Sir,
Having examined the Statutory, Non statutory and NIT documents, I /we hereby submit all the necessary
information and relevant documents for evaluation. The application is made by me / we on behalf
of___________________________________________ in the capacity
___________________________________________________________________duly authorized to
submit the order.
The necessary evidence admissible by law in respect of authority assigned to us on behalf of the group of
firms for Application and for completion of the contract documents is attached herewith.
We are interested in bidding for the work(s) given in Enclosure to this letter.
We understand that:
(a) Tender Inviting and Accepting Authority/Engineer-in-Charge can amend the scope and value of
the contract bid under this project.
(b) Tender Inviting and Accepting Authority/Engineer-in-Charge reserves the right to reject any
application without assigning any reason.
Enclose: - e-Filling:-
1. Statutory Documents
2. Non Statutory Documents
Date: - Signature of applicant including title
and capacity in which application is made.
16
SECTION – B
Form - II
FINANCIAL STATEMENT
B.1 Name of Applicant:
B.2 Summary of assets and liabilities on the basis of the audited financial statement of the last five
financial years.
(Attach copies of the audited financial statement of the last five financial years)
1st Year 2nd 3rd Year 4th Year 5th Year

Year
(Rs. In (Rs. In (Rs. In (Rs. In
lakh) (Rs. In lakh) lakh) lakh)
lakh)
a) Current Assets :
(It should not include investment in any other

firm)
b) Current liabilities :
(It should include bank over draft)
c) Working capital :
(a) – (b)
d) Net worth :
(Proprietors Capital or Partners Capital or Paid

up Capital + Reserve and surplus )
e) Bank loan/ Guarantee :
(As per clause G.2. with all sub clauses)
B.3 Annual value of construction works undertaken :
Work in hand i.e. Work As on As on As on As on As on As on

order issued
31.03.2015 31.03.2014 31.03.2013 31.03.2011 31.3.2010 31.03.2009
17
Signed by an authorized officer of the firm
____________________________________________
Title of the officer
___________________________________________
Name of the Firm with Seal
Date________________
18
AFFIDAVIT “Y”
Declaration of the Bidder
(Affidavit to be affirmed on a Non Judicial Stamp Paper of Appropriate Value And

Duly Notarized)
I, ……………………………………………………………………………………………, son of ………………………………….
……………………………………………………………, aged about ……………………………… years by occupation

…………………………………………. do hereby solemnly affirm and confirm as follow:
1. That, I am the ……………………………………………………. Of ……………………………………… have

duly authorized by and competent to affirm this affidavit on behalf of the said Bidder.
2. That, I have inspected the site of work covered under NIB (NIB No ) circulated
through Office memo bearing No --------------------------------dated ---------- and have
made myself fully acquainted with the site conditions existing level/proposed level and local
conditions in and around the site of work. I have also carefully and meticulously gone
through the Bid documents. Bid of the above named Bidder is offered and submitted upon
due consideration of all factors and if the same is accepted, I on and for behalf of the
aforesaid Bidder, being lawfully and duly authorized, promise to abide by all the covenants,
conditions and stipulations of the Contractual documents and to carry out, complete the
works to the satisfaction of the Bid accepting Authority of the Work and abide by all
instructions as may given by the Engineer in Charge of the work time to time. I also hereby
undertake to abide by the provisions of Law including the provisions of Contract Labour
(Regulation & Abolition) Act, Apprentice Act 1961, West Bengal Sales Tax Act, VAT Act,
Income Tax Act as would be applicable to the Contractor upon entering into formal Contract
/ agreement with the Bid Inviting/Accepting authority.
3. That I declare that, no relevant information as required to be furnished by the Bidder

has been suppressed in the Bid documents.
4. That the statement above made by me is true to my knowledge.
19
Deponent
Solemnly affirmed by the said
…………………………………………………
Before me.
………………………………………………………………………………..
(1st class Judicial Magistrate / Notary Public)
20
SECTION - B
FORM- III
STRUCTURE AND ORGANISATION
A.1 Name of applicant:
A.2 Office Address:
Telephone No. and Cell Phone No. :
Fax No. :
E mail id:
A.3 Attach an organization chart showing the structure of the company with names of
Key personnel and technical staff with Bio-data. :
Note: Application covers Proprietary Firm, Partnership, Limited Company or Corporation,
Signature of applicant including title
21
SECTION –B
FORM – IV
DEPLOYMENT OF MACHINERIES (in favour of owner / lessee):-
(Original document of own possession arranged through lease deed to be annexed)
(If engaged before Certificate from E.I.C. to be annexed in respect of anticipated dated of release of
Machineries.)
Name of Make Type Capacity Motor / Machine Possession Status Date of

Machine / Engine release If
Instrument No. Engaged
No. Idle Engaged
For each item of equipment the application should attach copies of
(i) Document showing proof of full payment, (ii) Receipt of Delivery,
(iii) Road Challan from Factory to delivery spot, is to be furnished.
Signature of applicant including title
22
Memo. No. ME/SE(CC)/ /T-6/2009 Dated:
Copy forwardedfor information to-

1. The District Magistrate,Nadia.
2. TheSabhadhipati / Chief ExecutiveOfficer, Nadia.ZillaParishad, Nadia.
3. The Chief Engineer,M.E.Directorate, BikashBhawan, Salt Lake City, Kol- 700091.
4. The Director, SUDA, ILGUSBhawan, salt lake City, Kolkata.
5. The Additional Chief Engineer,South, M.E.Dte., BikashBhavan.
6. TheMedia Officer, Department of Informationand Cultural Affairs, WritersBuildings,
Kolkata- 700001.
7. The District Information and CulturalOfficer, Krishnanagar.
8. The Executive Engineer, Nadia Division,M.E.Dte.
9. The Executive Officer, Krishnanagar Municipality.
10. Notice Board.
11. RespectiveFile.
Chairman
Krishnanagar
Municipality
23
SECTION – A
DESCRIPTION OF THE PROJECT
1.0 GENERAL
The work involves Surveying, Planning, Designing, Construction & commissioning of

intake Jetty raw water pumping station having capacity to supply 31.47MLD (Approx. -
1430 m3/hr. Considering 22 hours running), intake 800 KVA HT substation and laying
(by departmentally suppliedDI pipe& Specials, Only valve & Valve chamber if required as
per design have to be supplied and constructed by agency) of 700 mm dia. rising main
for Krishnanagarwater treatment plant with necessary civil, electrical (according to I/E
rules) & mechanical works & all other allied works related to the project in all respect
complete for drawl of water from river Bhagirathi as per KoPT hydraulic survey report
(with necessary approval from respective Authority) including intake internal
illumination, yard lighting and after satisfactory completion and commissioning, 3(three)
months trial run, necessary training of maintenance staff & thereafter (subsequently) 5
(five) years operation and maintenance with security and guarding arrangementexcept
rising mainfor Krishnanagar water supply project under AMRUT.
The High Flood Level Of Bank side Premises: - 1.0 Meter above E.G.L.
Finished Ground Level of the Premises: - Treated as H.F.L.
The L.W.L. & H.W.L. are 95.02 & 100.52 respectively and existing river bed
level will be determined after survey by the prospective bidder.
2.0 LOCATION
a. The site of proposed intake Jetty structure with raw water pumping station will be
atPLOT NO R.S. & L.R. – 1/1552(P) OF MOUZA –GADIGACHHA, J.L. NO – 17, P.S. –
NABADWIP, DIST – NADIA
3.0 SCOPE OF WORK
The Bid is a design-cum-execution Bid on Turnkey basis. The Bidder is advised to

go through the documents meticulously. In case of any doubt about any data the
Bidder may seek clarification before the Bid Inviting Authority by uploading 48
hour prior of the Pre bid meeting and clarification of the same will be discussed in
pre bid meeting and will be uploaded later on.
The Bid comprises of following major works. The works includes surveying,
Planning, design, drawing and construction of civil works including supply,
24
carriage of all materials with foundation for the various units of intake Jetty
structure with raw water pumping station and 800 KVA HT substation, pumping
the raw water after laying of700mm dia. K9rising main (supplied by the Dept.) of
length approx. 14.2 KM(approx.) from theintake jetty to the inlet well of the
proposed water treatment plant. Planning, design, drawing, manufacture, supply,
delivery at site and erection & fabrication of all mechanical and electrical
equipment‟s including pipes, valves, pumps, motors, HT equipment‟s and all other
electrical and mechanical components as per detail technical specification &
vendor list that may be necessary and specified herein to make the intake Jetty
structure with raw water pumping station to supply31.47MLD raw water to the
inlet well of the water Treatment Plant complete in all respects. The scope also
includes Trial Run and testing commissioning the Plant for three months, after
successful Commissioning, operating and maintaining the same for a period of 60
(sixty) months after the completion of specified period of Successful Trial Run,
under the overall supervision of the Employer / his representative and from the
date of commissioning accept rising main.
(A) 1430 M3/Hr. CAPACITY INTAKE JETTY RAW WATER PUMPING

STATION: (31.47 MLD CONSIDERING 22 HRS. RUNNING OF PUMPING
A DAY)
(i) The Bid includes Survey, Planning, Design, Supply, Erection, Fabrication,
Operation & maintenance of intake raw Water Pumping Station, laying of K9
rising main up to inlet well of the water treatment plant.
(ii) The total work includes Design, Supply, Fitting, Fixing, commissioning Trial run
(for three months) and thereafter O&M of (5) five years for the pumping
machinery, motors etc. and allied equipment‟s including proper engagement of
operating personnel. The essential prerequisite of the O&M work is to maintain
uninterrupted water supply from the pumping station of raw water to the inlet
well of the water treatment plant as per requirement.
(iii) The Bidder has to submit in due course the specific size and capacity of all
machineries & equipment offered along with data related to static & dynamic
loads in different operating conditions. The size of all the equipment‟s should be
so selected to match with the civil works.
(iv) The vibration & noise should be within the acceptable limit as per I.S. or as per
existing norms for all equipment‟s.
(v) The dimension and centreline of pedestals for supporting the Pumps as well as
the valves should strictly be in line for both Civil & Electromechanical works.
(vi) The centre-to-centre distance of the pumps, Clearance from wall for pumps
should be as per I.S specifications.
(vii) The installation of all electrical equipment should be strictly as per I.E. Rules and
as per IS specification.
(viii) The minimum distance from the pump centre to centre is to be maintained in
such a manner so that no vortex formation takes place in the entry of pump i.e.
the flow should be maintained streamlined at the entry point of pump. The
minimum distance of the pump motor centre line to wall of the pumping station
will be maintained in such a fashion that no obstetrical is to be found at the time
of maintenance.
(ix) The Bidder has to submit parallel operation curves for pumps & the same is to be
matched with the system resistance curve of the delivery grid to the inlet well
(stilling chamber) of WTP. Pump head selection should be done after surveying of
25
details700 mm dia. DI K9rising main length14.2 km (Approx.) up to the water
treatment plant. Family curves for individual and multiple operations at all
possible consequences depending upon the variation in % opening of the butter
fly valves are to be submitted.
(x) The total capacity of the pumping station will be 1430 M3/HR at head (supplied by
the bidder after surveying the site condition) Meter with operation of two pumps
for water treatment plant( Running hours of 22 Hrs. /day) would yield to a
supply of approx. 31.47 MLD as per present requirement. One pump will be kept
stand by at any point of time. The pumps & Motors must be of continuous duty
and vertical execution type.
The individual pump delivery pipelines should be connected to a common
delivery manifold placed inside/outside of the pump house which will be
connected with the rising main placing with butterfly valve, a temper
proof kinetic air release valve and full bore type flow meter. The delivery
pipes lines connected with the common delivery line below the 45
degree.
The suction bell mouth of the vertical turbine pumping unit should be placed in such a
manner that no eddy and starvation occurred when pumping operation will put to
operation at lowest flood level.
(xi) The Bidder has to consider all butter fly valves electrical actuator control, NRV,
dismantling joints in individual pump delivery pipe lines as per detail technical
specification.
(xii) The puddle collars/wall casting needed to be fixed into the wall for entry & exit of
delivery pipelines are also to be considered (if required).
(xiii) The Bidder must work out the natural frequency analysis for the structural work
and the same should be verified with the RPM & critical speed of the rotating
equipment‟s to eliminate any chance of vibration.
(xiv) All the cabling work required to operate the equipment at intake raw water
pumping station will be drawn from the LT PDB panel of the HT substation near
the HT substation. Power cable of all sizes must be 11/1.1 KV grade Al. armoured
3 / 3.5 core (As required) XLPE/PVC cable for all electrical component.
(B) INTAKE JETTY RCC PUMPING STATION AND RCC WALK WAY:
(i) Designing, drawing and construction of intake RCC walkway with pump house
building having good architectural view including machine foundation for pumps
and motors will be constructed on the intake jetty pumping station on the river
Bhagirathi as per Bid drawing. The height of the pumping station is to be
designed in such a manner that the no obstetrical will be allowed for repair
maintenance of the vertical pump motor unit. One H.O.T crane of 5 MT capacities
shall have to be provided to handle pump and motor sets for repairing and
maintenance purpose in the pump house. In order to accommodate control panel
room equipment/appliances will be housed at a level of pumps floor. The common
delivery line with valves unit is to be placed opposite to the entry of the pump
house as well as in front of the control panel for easy movement of the operator.
The control panel room shall have to be covered by wooden glass frame room.
(ii) Designing, drawing and construction of intake jetty RCC bridge is to be made
minimum three (3) meter width of RCC walkway with hand railing all along and
arrangement for laying the rawwater rising main 700 mm dia. (dept. supply) up
to the inlet (stilling) chamber of WTP, laying of intake cable lines, laying of Two
nos. earthing GI (25mm) strip, illumination system, aviation lighting arrangement
and lightening arrestor with separate earthing arrangement.
26
(iii) The design of intake jetty has to be made on the basis of the Static load of pump
house as prescribed and dynamic loading pattern thereof, taking into account of
the vibration both horizontally and vertically that will be generated due to
operation of each pump motor set as well as parallel operation of the pumping
unit.
(iv) The Bidder, whose Bid is accepted in the Course will have to furnish details of the
design of the pump house and intake jetty in all level duly incorporating the
requirement of the pump manufacturer.
(v) The Pile on the river-bed shall be RCC Cast-in-Situ Bored Pile with sufficient depth
to take the load of superstructure with Pumps, 700mm pipe with water and other
equipment. Grade of concrete for Pile foundation will be M30.
Piles in the river-bed shall have to be encased by 12mm (min) thick high-quality
MS Plate from the lowest level of scour (to be available from KoPT) to HFL. MS
plate shall be painted with best quality anti-corrosive paint as selected by the E-
in-C.
(vi) All other RCC concrete shall be of M25 / M30 grade except chajja, lintel etc for
which M20 grade concrete can be used.
vii) Pathway-60 mm paver block with nano kerb channel of dimension = 410mm X
300 mm X 150 mm over 150 mm thick sand pack and sub-base by 100 mm thick
brick bats & 75 mm thick jhama bats.
(C) INTAKE JETTY HT SUBSTATION
The HT Sub-Station of 800 kVA is required for feeding power to intake jetty raw
water pumping units and other connected load. The 11 KV/ 433 volt step down
transformer shall have to be provided in the substation building with rooms for
the WBSEDCL, HT VCB, 800 KVA transformer room, LT PDB room with APFC panel
and room for the operator. The minimum size of the substation will be as per
Tentative drawing attached as Annexure.
(D) LAYING OF RISING MAIN 700 MM DIA. DEPERTMENTAL SUPPLIED DI

K9 PIPE.
Laying of 700 mm dia. Departmentally supplied DI K9 raw water rising main from
common manifold of the pumping units to inlet well of proposed water treatment
plant of length 14.2 KM (approx.)after supplying and installation all types of
valves along with valve chamber construction. Minimum 4 nos. Kinetic Temper-
proof 120mm double-throat Air release valves will have to be provided by the
bidder. Specials and valves will have to be provided by the bidder. The jack
pushing work at Railway crossing (for approx. 22.5 m span) & National Highways
crossing (approx., 8.20 span for black top) will be in the bidder scope. The actual
length of jack pushing required at these two locations will be as per the approval
or permission received from the competent authority and completely will be in the
bidder‟s scope.
(E) Retaining cum boundary wall :- The whole area will be protected by a RCC
retaining wall up to FGL and above it 1.8 m masonry boundary wall and over it
designer barbed fencing (3 nos. Straight & one spiral type) with angle section.
Maximum spacing of column centre will be 3.0 m. Thickness of boundary wall will
be 125 mm brick work between tie beam & coping. No passive pressure should be
considered while designing the RCC retaining wall. The whole area will be filled by
good earth up to Finished Ground Level (FGL) with proper compaction & rolling in
layers. A steel gate of width not less than 4.0 m will be provided for entrance. All
27
internal road will be of 4.0 m RCC (M20 grade) of 150 mm thickness& Minimum
0.12% Reinforcement over compacted and consolidated soil. All roads will be
covered by designer paver block of thickness not less than 60 mm.
5.0 LIMIT OF CONTRACT:
The limit of contract starts from construction of intake Jetty with pumping station
including arrangement and installation of vertical turbine pumping unit with its electro-
mechanical works and raw water delivery line with valves arrangement and
interconnected with laying of delivery rising main of 700 mm dia. (deptt. Supplied but
supply of valves etc. will be bidder‟s scope) up to the stilling chamber/Inlet well of the
W.T.P. The minimum length of the total intake bridge with pumping station from the
river bank will be as per drawings in annexure &KoPT report whichever will be maximum.
A full bore flow meter with valve chamber at outlet of the Intake jetty pumping station
will be in the bidder scope.
The LT sources of Electric Power would be taken from intake HT substation‟s LT panel
room. Necessary arrangements to connect the cables of appropriate size with full
satisfaction of Engineer in Charge are within the limit of this work. The excavation of
cables trenches, laying the cables within boundary of intake jetty pumping station units,
covering the cable trenches, insert plates, cable trays etc. also includes under this
contract.
It is the responsibility of the contractor to make good or reconstruct the part or
whole of a structure if gets damaged or demolished/ crushed/ settled down
due to water thrust or similar external reasons or faulty design at his own cost.
Faulty Design submitted by the contractor even if accepted by the department
will not relieve the contractor from above responsibility. Contractor will be
considered total responsible for any accident caused due to negligence on his
part/poor workmanship/faulty design.
Contractor has liberty to go for design mix for achieving Rich concrete
having minimum cement content as stipulated in I.S. code or go for variation if
so required at the subject to the satisfaction & permission of E.I.C. The same is
also applicable when contractor opt to adopt alternative methodology for
facilitating any construction work.
Chairman
Krisnanagar Municipality
28
SECTION- B
CONDITIONS & REQUIREMENTS FOR BIDDING
1. Submission of eBid document will not be allowed beyond the schedule time
indicated in the eBidding.
2. Each Bidder shall upload his offer in envelopes (statutory and non
statutory)& .xls sheet after digitally signed super scribing the name of the
work, name & address of the bidder, NIB No and date of submission of the
eBid.
3. Each page of the eBid documents, drawing etc. has to be digitally signed /
initialed by the authorized signatory.
4. No eBid proposal will be entertained without the earnest money being

submitted as indicated in the eNIB. No interest will be allowed for the said
earnest money and the Bid issuing authority will hold the same till
finalization of the eBid.
5. Any conditional eBid will be liable for rejection.
6. eBids will be opened in presence of the Bidder or their authorized

representatives who opt to be present.
7. The Bid inviting Authority reserves the right to reserve or amend the eBid
documents prior to the date notified for submission of the eBid or also to
extend the time mentioned in the eNIB under intimation to the Bidders.
8. eBid once offered cannot be withdrawn within a period of 120 calendar days
from the date set for opening of eBids. Any extension of this validity period if
required will be subject to concurrence of the Bidders.
9. Bidders would be at liberty to point out any ambiguities, contradictions,

omissions, etc. seeking clarifications thereof or interpretation of any of the
conditions of the eBid documents before the Bid Inviting Authority by
29
uploading his/her doubt within a period of seven days from the date of
publishing of Bid documents.The bidder shall submit his/her queries in
writing at least four working days in advance from the date of pre-bid
meeting.
10. Written clarification or amendments etc. as may be issued by the Bid

Inviting Authority in pursuance to the representation made by the intending
Bidders under Clause 10 above shall be final and binding on the Bidders
and shall form a part of the eBid documents. Bid Inviting Authority however,
reserves the right to have pre Bid conference with the intending Bidders if
deemed necessary.
11. Intending Bidders are required to inspect the site of the Project with
particular reference to location and infrastructure facilities. They are to
make a careful study with regard to availability of materials and their
sources and all relevant factors as might affect their rates and prices.
12. If expenses incurred for site inspection and all activities in the preparation
and uploading of the eBid shall be borne by the Bidders.
13. Extra claim or any concession on the ground of insufficient data or

information and absence of knowledge of conditions prevailing at the site or
situation arising during the execution of the work shall not be entertained.
14. eBid, which have been considered valid on the result of general examination
(Prequalification stage) at the time of opening, shall be subjected to
subsequent detail scrutiny. Notwithstanding the general examination carried
out earlier, the Bid Inviting authority reserves the right of rejection of any
eBid, which may be found to be defective during the detail scrutiny.
15. Bidders before uploading the eBid documents shall have to ensure that
“Declaration by the Bidder” in the pro-forma set out in the eBid documents
is to be filed separately with the eBid documents in the form of Affidavit to
be affirmed by the same person signing the Bid documents.
16. The Bid inviting authority reserves the right to accept or reject any or all of
the eBid received or to split up the work in groups or to relax any clause
without assigning any reason thereof.
17. This set of Bid documents consists of:
30
a) Main Bid Documents consists of PART I & PART II (Technical) & financial
(.xls sheet).
CHAIRMAN
KRISHNANAGAR MUNICIPALITY
SECTION - C
General Conditions of Contract
1.0 DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION
(1) In the Contract, as hereinafter defined, the following words and expressions shall
have to be meanings hereby assigned to them, except where the context
otherwise requires:
(a) "Approved" means provisionally approved in writing, including subsequent written

confirmation of previous verbal approval and "approval" means provisional
approval in writing, including as aforesaid. However in spite of approval from
Competent Authority contractor is solely responsible for design-cum-execution of
the whole project as it is turnkey job.
(b) “Authority” means the Chairman or his authorized representatives of

Krishnanagar Municipality.
(c) "Bank" means the "State Bank of India" or any other Scheduled Bank.
(d) "Calendar day" means a period of twenty four hours extending from midnight to
midnight.
(e) "Cash" includes cheque, bank drafts and any other payment voucher authorizing
payment from any bank or treasury.
(f) "Contractor" means the person or persons, firm or Corporation who have entered
into the contract for the performance of the work.
31
(g) "Contract price" means the sum as stated in the Bid submitted by the contractor
subject to such additions thereto or deductions therefore as may be made under
the provisions of; the contract documents and accepted by the Employer.
(h) "Constructional Plant" means all appliances or things of whatsoever nature

required in or about the execution or maintenance of the works but do not include
materials or other things intended to form or forming part of the permanent
works.
(i) "District" or Krishnanagar Municipal Area means the area described as such in
Schedule-I of The Act;
(j) "Drawings" means the drawings referred to in the Bid documents and any
modification of such drawings approved in writing by the Superintending
Engineer, East Circle or his representatives of Municipal Engineering Directorate
from time to time or approved in writing by the Chairman, Krishnanagar
Municipality.
(k) "Employer" means the Krishnanagar Municipality acting through the Chairman.
(l) "Engineer in Charge” means the Executive Engineer, Nadia Division of Municipal
Engineering Directorate to whom the Chairman, Krishnanagar Municipality
delegate his Authority by the way of declaring him as EIC in the Bid documents.
(m) "Engineer's Representatives" means any Assistant Engineer or Assistant of the

Engineer or any Clerk of works appointed from time to time by the Employer or
the Engineer to perform the duties set forth in Clause 2 hereof, whose authority
shall be notified in writing to the Contractor by the Engineer-in Charge.
(n) "Ground Level" means the level of the referred point of the exposed surface of
the ground, road or pavement free from extraneous materials;
(o) "Holidays" means a public holiday for the purpose of Section 25 of the Negotiable
Instruments Act, 1881 or such other day on which the office of the Authority
remains closed for the day;
(p) “Local Authority" not only means a Municipal Corporation or Municipality or other
authority legally entitled to the control or manage local funds but also includes
the West Bengal State Electricity Board.
(q) "Month" means English calendar month;
(r) "Permanent Work" means the permanent works including equipment to be

supplied, executed, erected and maintained in accordance with the Contract;
(s) "Road" shall include a street, avenue, lane, by-lane or any other access routes
over which a person authorized by a Local Authority has a right of way;
(t) "Rupees" (orRs. in abbreviation) shall mean Rupees in Indian Currency.
(u) "Site" means the land and other placed on, under in or through which the
Permanent. Works or Temporary Works are to be executed and any other lands
and places provided or arranged by the employer for working space or any other
32
purpose as may be specifically designated in the Contract as forming part of the
Site,
(v) "Specification" means the specification referred to in the Bid and any modification
thereof or addition thereto as may from time to time be furnished or approved in
writing by the Chairman, Krishnanagar Municipality.
(w) "Store" means such storage areas including depot, go down, stockyard, dumping
yard etc. maintained by the Authority) or where supply of any material for the
construction or any work has been undertaken by any authorized agent, by such
agent within the District.
(x) "Temporary Works" means all temporary works of every kind required in or about
the execution or maintenance of the Permanent Works.
(y) "Bid Date" means the date fixed for receipt of Bids as per Notice Inviting Bids or
as extended by subsequent notification(s).
(z) "Bidder" means the person, or persons, firm or corporation submitting a Bid for
the work contemplated either directly or through a duly authorized
representative.
(aa) "The Act" West Bengal Municipal Act, 1975
(bb) "Time" expressed by hours of the clock shall be according to the Indian Standard
Time.
(cc) "Water main" means any pipe or conduit of cast iron, DI (Ductile Iron) pipe, steel
or of any other material intended to conveyor distribute water;
(dd) "Works" shall include both Permanent Works and Temporary Works.
(ee) "Work" means all of the work of the project called for or shown in the Bid
documents including preparation, construction improvement and cleans up.
(2) Singular and Plural: Works importing the singular only also include the plural and
vice versa where the context demands.
(3) Headings or Notes: The headings and marginal notes in these Conditions of
Contract shall be deemed to be part thereof or be taken into consideration in the
interpretation or construction thereof or of the Contract.
(4) Cost: The work "cost" shall be deemed to include overhand costs whether on or
off the Site.
2.0 ENGINEERS IN CHARGE AND HIS REPRESENTATIVES
33
(1) Duties and Powers of Engineer in Charge and his Representative - The Engineer
shall carry out such duties in issuing decisions, certificates and orders as are
specified in the Contract. Fixation and acceptance of rates for altered or
substituted items of work or for additional items of work or their deletion shall
however always rest with the same authority (by designation) as had accepted
the original Bid.
(2) Representative(s) shall be responsible to the EIC and his/their duties are to watch
and supervise the Works and to test and examine any materials to be used or
workmanship employed in connection with the works. He shall have no authority
to relieve the Contractor of any of his duties or obligations under the Contract,
not, accept as expressly provided hereunder or elsewhere in the Contract, to
order any work involving delay or any extra payment by the Employer, nor to
make any variation of or in the Works.
The Chairman may from time to time in writing delegate to the EIC any of the
power and authorities vested in the engineer and shall furnish to the Contractor
and to the Employer a copy of all such written delegations of Power and
authorities. Any Written instructions or approval given by Engineer's
representative to the contractor within the terms of such delegation, but not
otherwise, shall bind the Contractor as though it had been given by the
Chairman. Provided always as follows:
(a) Failure of the Engineer's Representative to disapprove any work of materials shall
not prejudice the power of the Chairman thereafter to disapprove such work or
materials and to order the pulling down, removal of breaking up thereof.
(b) If the Contractor shall be dissatisfied by reason of any decision of the Engineer's
Representative he shall be entitled to refer the matter to the Chairman, who shall
thereupon confirm, reverse or vary such decision.
ASSIGNMENT AND SUB LETTING

3.0 ASSIGNMENT
The Contractor shall not assign the Contract or any part thereof, or any benefit or
interest therein or there under, otherwise than a change in the Contractor's bankers of
any money due or to become due under this contract, without the prior written consent
of the Chairman.
4.0 SUBLETTING
The Contractor shall not sublet the whole of the Works. Except where otherwise provided
by the Contract, the Contractor shall not sublet any part of the Works without the prior
written consent of the Chairman, which shall not be unreasonably withhold and such
consent, if given, shall not relieve the Contractor form any liability or obligation under
the Contract and he shall be responsible for the acts, defaults and neglects of the said
sub-contractor including his agents, servants or workmen as fully as if they were the
acts, defaults or neglects of the Contractor, his agents, servants or workmen, provided
always that the provision' of labour on a piece-work basis shall not be deemed to be a
subletting under this clause.
5.0 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
34
(1a) Language: The Contract documents shall be drawn up in the English language.
All correspondence, orders, notices etc. shall also be in English.
(1b) Law: The law of India and of the State of West Bengal shall apply to the
Contract and the Contract is to be construed accordingly.
(2) Documents Mutually Explanatory: The several documents forming the contract
are to be taken as mutually explanatory of one another but in case of ambiguities
or discrepancies the same shall be explained and adjusted by the Chairman, who
shall thereafter issue to the Contractor instructions thereon. Provided always that
if, in the opinion of the Engineer, compliance with any such instructions shall
involve the Contractor in any cost, which by reason of such ambiguity or
discrepancy could not reasonably have been foreseen by the Contractor, the
Engineer shall certify and the Chairman shall pay such additional sum as may be
reasonable to cover such costs.
6.0 DRAWINGS
(1) Custody of drawing: All the approved Drawings shall remain in the safe custody
of the Executive Engineer, but one copy thereof shall be furnished to the
Contractor free of charge. The Contactor shall provide and make at his own
expenses any further copies required by him. At the Completion of the Contract,
the Contractor shall return to the Executive Engineer, NAdia Division, M.E.Dte. all
drawings as provided under the Contract.
(2) One copy of drawings to be kept on site. One copy of the Drawings furnished by
the Contractor as aforesaid, shall be kept by the Contractor on the site and the
same shall at all reasonable times be available for inspection and use by the
Engineer and his/municipal Representatives and by any other persons authorized
by the Engineer in writing.
(3) Disruption of progress: The Contractor shall give written notice to Chairman
whenever planning or progress of the works is likely to be delayed or disrupted
unless any further approval of drawing or order, including a direction instruction
or approval is issued by the Chairman on recommendation of Executive Engineer
within a reasonable time. The notice shall include details of the drawing or order
required, and of why and by whom it is required and of any delay or disruption
likely to be suffered if it is further delayed.
7.0 FURTHER DRAWINGS
The Chairman shall have full power and authority to supply to or demand from the
Contractor, from time to time, during the progress of the Works, such further drawings
as shall be necessary for the purpose of the proper and adequate execution and
maintenance of the Works. The Contractor shall carry out and be bound by the same.
Adequacy as determined by the Chairman shall be final and binding on the Contractor.
8.0 GENERAL OBLIGATION
(1) Contractor's General Responsibilities - The Contractor shall, subject to the

provision of the Contract, and with due care and diligence, execute and maintain the
Works and supply all labour, including the supervision thereof, materials, equipment,
35
Constructional Plant and machinery, tools and all other things whether of a temporary or
permanent nature, required for such execution and maintenance, so far as necessary for
providing the same is specified in or is reasonably to be inferred from the Contract. The
Contractor shall take full responsibility for the adequacy, stability and safety or all Site
operations and methods of construction, erection etc.
9.0 CONTRACT AGREEMENT
The Contractor shall, when called upon to do so, enter into and execute a Contract
Agreement, to be prepared and completed in the form annexed with such modification as
may be necessary.
10.1 GUARANTEE
The contractor shall stand guarantee for successful operation of the plant for 12 months
from the date of successful commissioning of the pump and shall within the O & M period
after 3 months trial run, remove/rectify/ make good any such deficiency forthwith at his
own cost. During the guarantee period (after the trial run period) the firm's
representative shall visit the site once in a month and advice in writing the Chairman
about the condition, state of health, and operation & maintenance procedure of the
equipment.
The successful Bidder shall also give the following guarantee in respect of the equipment
supplied by him.
i) All equipment shall be free from any defects due to faulty design of the
components, materials and/or workmanship
ii) The equipment shall operate satisfactory. The performance and efficiency shall
not be less than guaranteed values.
iii) Formal acceptance of the work or equipment covered under the contract will not
be made by the Chairman until all the work done by the contractor has
satisfactorily passed all tests required and run for a reasonable period to his
satisfaction.
If during testing of work, including equipment prior of formal acceptance, the same or
the material thereof must satisfy in respect of meeting the specification guaranteed or
otherwise the Contractor shall replace all such equipment etc. in a condition which will
meet the guaranteed performance and be up to the specification, in both material and
workmanship.
Any such work shall be carried out by the contractor at his own expense, if such work
shall, in the opinion of the Engineer-in-Charge, be necessary due to the use of materials
or workmanship not in accordance with the contract and/or to the neglect or failure on
the part of the contractor to comply with any obligation expressed or implied on the
contractor's part under the contract. If the contractor shall fail to do any such work as
per aforesaid requirement of the Engineer-in-Charge, the Chairman shall be entitled to
have such work carried out by its own workman, or by others hired for the purpose, and
if such work is in the opinion of the Engineer-in-Charge for which the contractor should
have carried out at the contractor's own cost, the department shall be entitled to recover
from the contractor the supervision cost deemed fit together with the cost increased for
the purpose and may deduct the same from any money due to or that may become due
to the Contractor.
36
10.2 PERFORMANCE GUARANTEE
The contractor will have to entered into an agreement through banker to ensure
performance guarantee on non-judicial stamps Rs.10/-. Suitable proforma will be
supplied in due course of time.
11.0 INSPECTION OF SITE
The Chairman shall have made available to the Bidder with the Bid documents such data
like its location, distance from fixed point including the layout drawing and location of
the primary grid point, level drawing data, the source of filling the reservoir and the Bid
shall be deemed to have been based on such data. But the Bidder shall be responsible
for his own interpretation thereof. The Bidder may also undertake investigations at his
own cost on such levels or any other levels prior to submission of his offer.
The Bidder shall also be deemed to have inspected and examined the site and its
surroundings and information available in connection therewith and to have satisfied
himself, so far as is practicable, before submitting his Bid; as to the form and nature
thereof, including the sub-surface conditions, topographical level of proposed site, the
hydrological and climatic conditions, the extent and nature of work and materials
necessary for the completion of the Works, the means of access to the Site and the
accommodation he may require and, in general 'shall be deemed to have obtained all
necessary information, subject as above mentioned, as to risks, contingencies and all
other circumstances which may influence or affect his Bid.
12.0 SUFFICIENCY OF BID AND ADVERSE PHYSICAL CONDITIONS,

ARTIFICIAL OBSTRUCTIONS
The Bidder shall be deemed to have satisfied himself before Biding as to the correctness
and sufficiency of his Bid for the Works and 'of the rates and prices quoted in the
Schedule of prices, which Bid rates and prices shall, except in so far as it is otherwise
provided in the Contract, cover all his obligations under the Contract and all matters and
things necessary for the proper execution and maintenance of the Works. If, however,
during the execution of its Works the Contractor shall encounter physical conditions,
other than Climatic conditions on the Site, or artificial obstructions, which conditions or
obstructions could, in his opinion, not have been reasonably foreseen by an experienced
contractor, the Contractor shall forthwith give written notice thereof to the Engineer and
if, in the opinion of the Engineer, such conditions or artificial obstructions could not have
been reasonably foreseen by an experienced contractor, then the Engineer shall certify
and the Chairman shall pay the additional cost to which the Contractor shall have been
put by reason of such conditions, including the proper and reasonable cost.
a) Of complying with any instruction which the Engineer may issue to the Contractor
in connection therewith, and
b) Of any proper and reasonable measures approved by the Chairman on

recommendation of Engineer in charge which the Contractor may take in the absence of
specific instructions from the Chairman as a result of such conditions or obstructions
encountered.
13.0 WORK TO BE TO THE SATISFACTION OF ENGINEER IN CHARGE
Save in so far as it is not legally or physically impossible, the Contractor shall execute
and maintain the Works in strict accordance with the Contract to the satisfaction of the
37
Chairman and shall comply with and adhere strictly to the Chairman‟s instructions and
directions on any matter whether mentioned in the Contract or not touching or
concerning the Works.
14.0 WORK PROGRAM
(1) Program to be furnished: Within thirty (30) calendar days, the Contractor shall,
after the acceptance of his Bid, submit to the Chairman for his approval a program
showing the order of procedure in which he proposes to carry out the Works. The
Contractor shall, whenever required by the Chairman, also provide in writing for his
information, general description of the arrangements and methods, which the Contractor
proposes to adopt for the execution of the Works.
(2) If at any time it should appear to the Chairman that the actual progress of the
Works does not conform to the approved program referred in sub-clause (1) of this
Clause, the Contractor shall produce, at the request of the Chairman, a revised program
showing the modifications to the approved program necessary to ensure completion of
the Works within the time for completion as defined in Clause 42 hereof.
(3) The submission to and approval by the Chairman of such program or the
furnishing of such particulars shall not relieve the Contractor of any of his duties or
responsibilities under the Contract.
15.0 CONTRACTOR'S SUPERINTENDENCE
The Contractor shall give or provide all necessary superintendence during the execution
of the Works and as long thereafter as the Chairman may consider necessary for the
proper fulfilling of the Contractor's obligations under the Contract. The Contractor or a
competent and authorized agent or representative approved of in writing by the
Chairman, which approval may at any time be withdrawn, is to be constantly on the
Works and shall give his whole time to the Superintendence of the same. If such
approval be withdrawn by the Chairman, the Contractor shall, as soon as is practicable,
having regard to the requirement of replacing him as hereinafter mentioned after
receiving written notice of such withdraw, remove the agent from the works and shall
not thereafter employ him again on the Works in any capacity and shall replace him by
another agent approved by the Chairman. Such authorized agent or representative shall
receive, on behalf of the Contractor, direction and instruction from the Chairman or,
subject to the limitations of Clause 2 hereof the Engineer's Representative. The agent or
representative of the Contractor must be able to speak and communicate in
English/Bengali. In the absence of the Contractor's designated agent or representative
for a particular operation on any site of the works the Contractor's supervisory staff or
sub-agent or leading hands shall be instructed to receive and carry out any instruction or
direction issued or given by the Chairman or the EIC
16.0 EMPLOYEES
(I) Contractor's Employees - The Contractor shall provide and employ on the Site in
connection with the execution and maintenance of the Works
a) Such technical assistants as are skilled and experienced in their respective calling
and such sub-agents, foreman and leading hands as arc competent to give proper
supervision to the work they are required to supervise, and
38
b) Such skilled, semi-skilled and unskilled labor as is necessary for the proper and
timely execution and maintenance of the Works.
c) Employees covered under (a) and (b) may have to be provided with identity cards
as specified by the Chairman.
(2) The Engineer shall be at liberty to object to and require the Contractor to remove
forthwith from the Work any person employed by the Contractor in or about the
execution or maintenance of the Works who, in the opinion of the Chairman,
misconducts himself, or is incompetent or negligent in the proper performance of
his duties, or whose employment is otherwise considered by the Chairman to be
undesirable and such person shall not be again employed upon the Works without
the written permission of the Chairman. Any person so removed from the Works
shall be replaced as soon as possible by a competent substitute approved by the
Chairman.
17.0 SETTING-OUT
The Contractor shall be responsible for the' true and proper setting-out of the Works in
relation to original points, lines and levels of reference given by the Engineer in writing
and for the correctness, subject as above mentioned, of the position levels, dimensions
and alignment of all parts of the Works and for the provision of all necessary
instruments, appliances/and labor in connection therewith. If, at any time during the
progress of the Works, any error shall appear or arise in the position, levels, dimensions
or alignment of any part of the Works, the Contractor, on hem), required to do so by the
Engineer or the Engineer's Representative, shall at his own cost, rectify such error to the
satisfaction of the Engineer or the Engineer's Representative, unless such error is based
on incorrect data supplied in writing by the Engineer, in which case the expense of
rectifying the same shall be borne by the Employer. The checking of any setting-out or
of any line or level by the Engineer or the Engineer's Representative shall not in any way
relieve the Contractor of his responsibility for the correctness thereof and the Contractor
shall carefully protect and reserve all bench-marks, sigh trails pegs and other things
used in setting out the Works.
18.0 WATCHING AND LIGHTING
The contractor shall in connection with the works provide and maintain at his own cost
all lights, guards, fencing, as and when/where necessary or as required by the Chairman
or the Engineer's Representative, for the protection of the works, contractor's
employees, employees supervisor or for any other reason deemed fit by the Engineer.
19.0 WORKS & RISKS
19. (1) Care of Works: From the commencement of the Works until the date stated
in the Certificate of Completion for the whole of the Works, pursuant to Clause 47
hereof, the Contractor shall take full responsibility for the care thereof. Provided that if
the Chairman shall issue a Certificate of Completion in respect of any part of the
Permanent Works, the Contractor shall cease to be liable for the care of that part of the
Permanent Works (O&M not counted) from the date stated in the Certificate of
Completion in respect of that part and the responsibility for the care of that part shall
pass to the Chairman provided further that the Contractor shall take full responsibility for
the care of any outstanding work which he shall have undertaken to finish during the
period to Maintenance until such outstanding work is completed. In case any damage,
39
loss or injury shall happen to the Works, or to any part thereof, from any cause
whatsoever, save and except the expected risks as defined in sub-clause (2) of this
Clause, while the Contractor shall be responsible for the care thereof the Contractor
shall, at his Own cost, repair and make good the same, so that at completion the
permanent Works shall be in good order and condition and in conformity in every respect
with the requirements of the Contract and the Chairman instructions. In the event of any
such damage, loss or injury happening from any of the excepted risks, the Contractor
shall, if and to the extent required by the Chairman and subject always to the provisions
of Clause 62 hereof, repair and make good the same as aforesaid at the cost of the
Employer. The Contractor shall also be liable for any damage to the Works occasioned by
him in the Course of any operations carried out by him for the purpose of completing any
outstanding works or complying with his obligations under Clause 48 or 49 hereof.
(2) Expected Risks: The 'expected risks" are war, hostilities, invasion, act of foreign
enemies, rebellion, revolution insurrection or military or usurped power, civil war or
unless solely restricted to employees of the Contractor or of his sub-contractors and
arising from the conduct of his workers, riot commotion or use or occupation by the
Chairman of any part of the Permanent. Works, or a cause solely due to the Engineer's
design of the Works, or ionizing radiations or contamination by radio-activity from any
nuclear fuel or from any nuclear waste from the combustion of nuclear fuel, radio-active
toxic explosive, or other hazardous properties of any explosive, nuclear assembly or
nuclear component thereof, pressure waves cause by aircraft or other aerial devices
traveling at sonic or supersonic speeds, or any such operation of the force of nature as
an experienced contractor could not foresee, or reasonably make provision for or insure
against all of which are herein collectively recurred to as "the expected risks."
20.0 INSURANCE OF WORKS, ETC.
Without limiting his obligations and responsibilities under Clause 19 hereof the
Contractor shall insure in the names of the Employer and the Contractor against all loss
or damage from whatever cause arising, other than the expected risks, for which he is
responsible under the terms of the Contract and in such manner that the Employer and
Contractor are covered for the period stipulated in Clause 19(1) hereof and are also
covered during the Period of Guarantee for loss or damage arising from a cause,
occurring prior to the commencement of the Period of Guarantee, and for any loss or
damage occasioned by the Contractor in the course of any operations carried out by him
for the purpose of complying with his obligations under Clause 48 or 49 hereof.
a) The Works for the time being executed to the estimated current contract value
thereof together with the materials for incorporation in the Works at the
replacement value.
b) The Constructional Plant and other things brought on the Site by the Contractor
to the replacement value of such Constructional Plant and other things. These
shall include materials belonging to the Chairman but issued to or intended to be
issued to the Contractor for use in the Works. Such insurance shall be affected
with an insurer and in terms approved by the Employer, which approval shall not
be unreasonably withheld, and the Contractor shall whenever required, produce
to the Chairman or the Engineer's Representative the policy or policies of
insurance and the receipts for payment of the current premiums.
21.0 DAMAGES
40
(1) Damage to persons and property: The Contractor shall, except if and so far as
the Contract provides otherwise, indemnify the Chairman against all losses and
claims in respect of injuries or damage to any person or material or physical
damage to any property whatsoever which may arise out of or in consequence of
the execution, operation and maintenance of the Works and against all claims,
proceedings, damages, costs, charges and expenses whatsoever in respect of or
in relation thereto except any compensation or damages for or with respect to :
a) The permanent use of occupation of land by the Works or any part thereof.
b) The right of the Chairman to execute the Works or any part thereof on over
under, in or through any land.
c) Injuries or damage to persons or property which are the unavoidable result of the
execution, operation or maintenance- of the Works in accordance with the
Contract.
d) Injuries or damages to persons or property resulting from any act or neglect of

the Employer, his agents, servants or other contractors, not being employed by
the Contractor, or for or in respect of any claims, proceedings, damages, costs,
charges and expenses in respect thereof or in relation thereto or where the injury
or damage was contributed to by the Contractor, his servants or agents such part
of the compensation as may be just and equitable having regard to the extent of
the responsibility of the Chairman, his servant or agents or other contractors for
the damage or injury.
(2) Indemnity of Chairman: The Contractor shall indemnify the Chairman against
all claims, proceedings, damages, costs charges and expenses in respect of the
matters referred to the provision to sub-clause (1) of this Clause.
22.0 INSURANCE
(1) Third Party Insurance: Before commencing the 'execution of the Works the
Contractor, but without limiting his obligations and responsibilities under Clause
21 hereof, shall insure against his liability for any material or physical damage,
loss or injury which may occur to any property, including that of the Chairman, or
to any person, including any employee of the Chairman, by or arising out to the
execution of the Works or in the carrying out of the Contract, otherwise than due
to the matters referred to in the proviso to Clause 21 (I) hereof
(2) Minimum Amount of third party insurance - Such insurance shall be affected with
an insurer and in terms approved by the Chairman, which approval shall not be
unreasonably withheld, and for a least the amount started in the Appendix to the
Bid. The Contractor shall, whenever required, produce to the Chairman or the
Engineer's Representative the policy or policies or insurance and the receipts for
payment of the current premium. However, the Bidder should insure for an
amount commensurate with the risk involved subject to the minimum amount
prescribed elsewhere in the Bid.
(3) Provision to indemnify Employer - The terms shall include a provision whereby, in
the event of any claim in respect of which the Contractor would be entitled to
receive lt1dcnJmty under the policy being brought or made against the Chairman,
41
the insurer will indemnify the Employer against such claims and any costs,
charges and expenses in respect thereof.
23.0 ACCIDENT, INJURIES
(1) Accident or injury to Workmen: The Chairman shall not be liable for or in
respect of any damages or compensation payable at law in respect or in
consequence of any accident or injury to any workman or other person in the
employment of the Contractor or any subcontractor, save and except an accident
or injury resulting from any act or default of the Chairman, his agents, or
servants. The Contractor shall indemnify and keep indemnified the Chairman
against all such damages and compensation, save and except as aforesaid, and
against all claims, proceedings, costs, charges and expenses whatsoever in
respect thereof or in relation thereto.
(2) Insurance Against Accident, etc., to workmen: The Contractor shall insure
against such liability with an insurer approved by the Chairman, which approval
shall not be unreasonably withheld, and shall continue such insurance during the
whole of the time that any person is employed by him on the works and shall,
when required, produce to the Chairman or the Engineer's Representative such
policy of insurance and the receipts for payment of the current premium.
Provided always that, in respect of any person employed by any sub-contractor,
the Contractor's obligation to insure as aforesaid under this sub-clause shall be
satisfied if the sub-contractor shall have insured against the liability in respect of
such persons in such manner that the Chairman is indemnified under the policy,
but the Contractor shall require such sub-contractor to produce to the Chairman
when required, such policy of insurance and the receipt for the payment of the
current premium.
(3) Notification to insurer: It shall be the duty of the Contractor to notify the
insurers under any of the insurance referred to in Clause 20, 22 and 23 hereof
any matter or count which by the terms of such insurance are required to be
notified and the Contractor shall indemnify and keep indemnified the Chairman
against all losses, claims, demands, proceedings, costs, charges and expenses
whatsoever arising out of or resulting from any default by the Contractor in
complying with the requirements of this sub-clause whether as a result of the
avoidance of such insurance or otherwise.
(4) All Insurances at Contractor's cost - The insurances referred to in Clause 21, 22 &
23 hereof shall be entirely at the cost and expenses of the Contractor and be
included within his rates.
24.0 REMEDY ON CONTRACTOR'S FAILURE TO INSURE
If the Contractor shall fail to effect and keep in force the insurance referred to in Clause
20, 22 and 23 hereof, or any other insurance which he may be required to effect under
the terms of the Contract, then and in any such case the Chairman may effect and keep
in force any such insurance and pay such premium or premiums including fines as may
be necessary for that purpose and from time to time and deduct double the amount so
paid by the employer as aforesaid from any moneys due or which may become due to
the Contractor or recover the same as a debt due from the Contractor.
25. (1) Giving of Notices and Payment of Fees: The Contractor shall give all notices
and pay all fees required to be given or paid by any National or State Statute,
42
ordinance, or other law, or any rules regulation, or bye-law of any local or other
duly constituted authority 111 relation to the execution of the Works and by the
rules and regulations of all public bodies and companies whose property or rights
are affected or may be affected in any way by the Works.
(2) Compliance with Statutes, Regulations, etc. - The Contractor shall conform in
all respects with the provisions of any such Statute, Ordinance or Law as
aforesaid and the Rules, regulations or bye-laws or any local or other duly
constituted authority which may be applicable to the Works and with such rules
and regulations of public bodies and companies as aforesaid and shall keep the
Chairman indemnified against all penalties, fines and liability of every kind for
breach of any such Statute, ordinance of Law, regulation of bye law.
26.0 FOSSILS, ETC.
All fossils, coins articles of value or antiquity and structures and other remains or things
of geological or archaeological interest discovered on the site of the Works shall as
between the Employer and the Contractor be deemed to be the absolute property of the
Employer.
27.0 PATENT RIGHTS AND ROYALTIES
The Contractor shall save harmless and indemnify the Chairman from and against all
claims and proceedings for or on account of infringement of any patent, rights, design
Trade mark or name or other protected right in respect of any Constructional Plant,
machine works, or material used for or in connection with the Works or any of them and
from and against all claims, proceedings, damages, costs, charges and expenses
whatsoever in respect thereof in relation thereto. Except where otherwise specified, the
Contractor shall pay all tonnage and other royalties, rent and other payments or
compensations, if any, for getting stone, sand, gravel, clay or other materials or
equipment required for the works or any of them.
28.0 INTERFERENCE WITH TRAFFIC AND ADJOINING PROPERTIES
All operations necessary for the execution of the Works shall, so far as compliance with
the requirements of the Contract permits, be carried on so as not to interfere
unnecessarily or improperly with the convenience of the existing plant workers, member
of the public, or the access to use and occupation of public or private roads, railways and
footpaths to or of properties whether in the possession of the Chairman or of any other
person or local authority.
29.0 TRAFFIC
(1) Extraordinary Traffic: The Contractor shall use every reasonable means to prevent
any of the highways, railways or bridges communicating with or on the routes to
the Site from being damaged or injured by any traffic of the Contractor or any of
this sub-contractors and, shall select routes, choose and use vehicles and restrict
and distribute loads so that any such extraordinary traffic as will inevitably arise
from the moving of plant and material from and to the Site shall be limited, as far
as reasonably possible, and so that no unnecessary damage or injury may be
occasioned to such highways, railways and bridges.
43
(2) Special Loads: Should it be found necessary for the Contractor to move one
or more loads of Constructional plant, machinery or pre-constructed units or parts
of units of work over part of a highway, railway or bridge, the moving whereof is
likely to damage any highway, railway or bridge unless special protection or
strengthening is carried out, then the Contractor shall before moving the load on
to such highway, railway or bridge give notice to the Chairman or Engineer's
Representative or the local authority of the weight and other particulars of' the
load to be moved and his proposals for protecting or strengthening the said
highway, railway or bridge. The Contractor at his own cost and expenses shall
carry out such proposals, including any modifications thereto that the Engineer or
the local authority may require.
(3) Settlement of Extraordinary Traffic Claims: If during the Carrying out of the
Works damage or injury to railways, railway or bridge occurs due to moving of
one or more loads of Constructional Plant machinery or pre-constructed units or
parts of units of work, the Employer shall conduct the necessary investigation for
the purpose of determining the Contractor's liability. If the damage is due to
failure on the part of the Contractor to observe and perform his obligations under
sub-clause (1) and (2) of this Clause then the restoration / repair of the damaged
portion of road or structure certified by the Engineer or local authority to be due
to such failure shall be undertaken by or be chargeable against the Contractor.
(4) Water-borne Traffic: Where the nature of the Works is such as to require the use
by the Contractor of water-borne transport the foregoing provisions of this Clause
shall he construed as though "highway" included a lock, dock, sea wall or other
structure related to a waterway and "vehicle" included craft, and shall have effect
accordingly.
30.0 RESTRICTION
(a) Restriction of Movements: The work shall have to be executed within the
protected area of existing water works. The existing rules and regulation related
to ingress and egress of labor and material shall have to be followed strictly in
consultation with and as per direction of the Chairman or the local authority as
the case may be. No labor, Supervisor or Engineer of the contractor shall enter
inside the treatment plant, pump house or any other existing installations without
prior permission of concerned officers Chairman.
(b) Opportunities for other contractors: The Contractor shall in accordance with the
requirements of the Chairman, afford all reasonable opportunities for carrying out
their work to any other contractors employed by the Employer and their workmen
and to the workmen of the employer and of any other duly constituted authorities
who may be employed in the execution on or near the Site of any work not
included in the Contract or of any contract which the Employer may enter into in
connection with or ancillary to the Works. If, however, the Contractor shall, on
the written request of the Chairman or the Engineer's Representative, make
available to any such other contractor, or to the Employer or any such authority,
any roads or ways for the maintenance of which the Contractor is responsible, or
permit the use by any such of the Contractor's scaffolding or other plant on the
Site, or provide any other service of whatsoever nature, the Employer shall pay to
the Contractor in respect of such use or service such sum or sums if at all as
shall, in the opinion of the Engineer, be reasonable.
44
31.0 CONTRACTOR TO KEEP SITE CLEAR
During the progress of the Works the Contractor shall keep the site reasonable free from
all necessary obstruction and shall store or dispose of any Constructional Plant and
surplus materials and clear away and remove from the Site any wreckage, rubbish or
Temporary Works no longer required.
32.0 CLEARANCE OF SITE ON COMPLETION
On the completion of the Works the Contractor shall clear away and remove from the
site all Constructional Plant, surplus materials, rubbish and Temporary Works of every
kind, and leave the whole of the Site and Works clean and in a workmanlike condition to
the satisfaction of the Chairman.
33.0 LABOUR
(1) Engagement of labor: The Contractor shall make his own arrangements for
the engagement of all labor, local or otherwise, and save in so far as the Contract
otherwise provides, for the transport, housing, feeding and payment thereof.
(2) Supply of water: The Contractor shall, so far as is reasonably practicable

having regard to local conditions, provide on the Site, to the satisfaction of the
Chairman representative, an adequate supply of drinking and other water for the
use of the Contractor's staff and work people.
(3) Alcoholic Liquor or Drugs: The Contractor or his workmen shall not consume or
sale or gift or be under the influence of any drug/narcotics or Alcoholic liquor
within the vicinity of the Construction site.
(4) Arms and Ammunition: The Contractor shall not give, barter or otherwise
dispose of to any person or persons, any arms or ammunition of any kind or
permit or suffer the same as aforesaid.
(5) Festivals and Religious Customs: The Contractor shall in all dealing with labor in
his employment have due regard to all recognized festivals days of rest and
religious or other customs.
(6) Epidemic: In the event of any outbreak of illness of an epidemic nature, the
Contractor shall comply with and carry out such regulations, orders and
requirements as may be made by the Government, or the local medical or
sanitary authorities for the purpose of dealing with and overcoming the same.
(7) Disorderly Conduct etc.: The contractor shall at all times take all reasonable
precautions to prevent any unlawful, riotous or disorderly conduct by or amongst
his employees or workers and for the preservation of peace and protection of
persons and property in the neighborhood of the Works against the same.
(8) Compliance with Laws, regulation etc. relating to labor: In respect of the
engagement, employment, transport, payment, feeding, housing and working
conditions of labor and all matters connected there with the Contractor shall at all
times during the continuance of the Contract, comply in all respects with and
45
carry out all obligations imposed on him by the provisions and requirements of
the following statutes.
(a) The Apprentices Act 1961 (Act 52 of1961) and Rules and Regulations issued there
under from time to time.
(b) The Contract Labor Regulation and abolition Act 1970 (Act 37 of 1970) and Rules
made there under (West Bengal Contract Labor Regulation and Abolition Rules
1972) from time to time.
(c) The Payment of Wages Act 1936, the Minimum Wages Act 1948, the Employees
Liability Act 1938, the Industrial Disputes Act 1947, the Maternity Benefits Act
1961, the Employees State Insurance Act 1948 including modifications thereto
the Rules and Regulations framed there under from time to time.
(d) Other existing National or State Statute, Ordinance or other Law or any
Regulation or Bye-law of any local or other duly constituted authority which may
be applicable, including any such Law, Regulation or Order that may be passed or
ordered from time to time and come into force during the tenure of the Contract.
(9) Employees Provident Fund: The Contractor shall comply with the provisions of
the relevant Employees Provident Fund Act or Rules in force in the State along
with the provisions of all rules and Regulations made there under from time to
time, and shall in particular be responsible for the payment of all contributions as
laid down under the Act/Rules.
(10) Trade union rights: The Contractor shall recognize the freedom of all
workmen employed by him in and for performance of the Contract to be members
of registered Trade Unions and shall not in any manner prevent or discourage any
such workman from becoming a member of a registered Trade Union or
discriminate against any workmen who is a member of a registered Trade Union.
(11) Local Labor: As far as possible local labor shall be engaged as unskilled labor.
(12) Fair Wages - The Contractor shall in respect of all workmen employed by him in and
for the performance of the Contract pay rates of wages and observe the conditions of
employment not less favorable than those provided under the relevant labor law as
applicable to the State.
(13) Medical Attendance: The Contractor shall provide, to the satisfaction of the
Government or Local Authorities Concerned, adequate medical attendance for his
employees and labor.
(14) Report or Accident: The Contractor shall, within twenty four (24) hours of
the occurrence of any accident at or about the site or in connection with the
execution of the Work, report such an accident to the Engineer. The Contractor
shall also report such accident to the competent authority whenever law requires
such a report.
(15) Report required by Labor Commissioner: The Contractor shall submit, at the
request of the Labor Commissioner or of the Assistant Commissioner of the State
46
such returns as may be called for from time to time in respect of labor employed
by the Contractor and by his subcontractors in the execution of the Contract. If so
required, the Contractor shall furnish the names and address of all subcontractors
to the Labor Commissioner. Statutory provisions in these regards are to be also
complied with.
(16) The Contractor shall be responsible for observance by his subcontractor of all the
foregoing provision of sub-clause (1) to (15) of this Clause 33.
34.0 RETURNS OF LABOR ETC.
The Contractor shall, if required by the Chairman, deliver to the Chairman, or at his
office a return in detail in such form and at such intervals as the Chairman may prescribe
showing the supervisory staff and the number of the several classes of labor from time
to time employed by the Contractor on the Site and such information respecting
Constructional Plant as the Chairman his Representative may require.
35.0 MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP
(1) All materials and workmanship shall be of the respective kinds described in the
Contract and in accordance with the Engineer's instructions and shall be
subjected from time to time to such tests as the Engineer may direct at the place
of manufacture or fabrication, or on the Site or at such other place or places as
may be specified in the Contract, or at all or any of such places. The Contractor
shall provide such assistance, instruments, machines, labor and materials as are
normally required for examining, measuring and testing any work and the quality,
weight or quantity of any material used and shall supply samples or materials
before incorporation in the Works for testing as may be selected and required by
the Chairman, be it at site or at the manufacturer/Vendors premises or
elsewhere.
(2) Cost of samples: The Contractor at the cost and expense of him shall furnish
all samples of materials as may be required by the Chairman.
(3) Cost of Tests: The cost of making any test shall be borne by the Contractor if such
test is clearly intended by or provided for in the Contract and in the cases only of
a test under load or of a test to ascertain whether the design of any furnished or
partially finished work in appropriate for the purpose which it was intended to
fulfill, is particularized is the Contract in sufficient detail to enable to Contractor to
price or allow for the same in his Bid.
(4) Cost of Tests not provided for, etc.: If the Chairman orders any test, which
is either;
a) Not so intended by or provided for, or
b) (In the cases above mentioned) is not so particularized, or
c) Though so intended or provided for is ordered by the Engineer to be carried out

by an independent person or organization at any place other than the Site or the
place of manufacture or fabrication of the materials tested, then the cost of such
test shall be borne by the Contractor, if the tests shows the workmanship or
47
materials not to be in accordance with the provisions of the Contract or the
Engineer's instruction.
36.0 INSPECTION OF OPERATIONS
The Engineer and any person authorized by him shall at all times have access to the
Works and to all workshops stores and places where work is being prepared or from
where material manufactured articles or machinery are being obtained for the Works and
the Contractor shall afford every facility for and every assistance in or in obtaining the
right to such access.
37.0 EXAMINATION
(1) Examination of work before covering up: No work shall be covered up or put out
or view without the approval of the Engineer or the Engineer's Representative and
the Contractor shall afford full opportunity for the Chairman or the Engineer's
Representative to examine and measure any work which is about to be covered
up or put out of view and to examine foundations before permanent work is
placed thereon. The Contractor shall give due notice to the Engineer's
Representative where any such work or foundations is or are ready or about to be
ready for examinations and the Engineer's Representative shall, without
unreasonable delay, unless he considers if unnecessary and advises the
Contractor accordingly attend for the purpose of examining and measuring such
work or of examine such foundations
(2) Uncovering and making openings: The Contractor shall uncover any part or parts
of the Works or make opening in or through the same as the Engineer may from
time to time direct and shall reinstate and make good such part or parts to the
satisfaction of the Engineer If any such part or parts have been recovered up or
put out of view after compliance with the requirement of sub-clause (I) of this
Clause and are found to be executed in accordance with the Contract, the
expenses of uncovering, making openings in or through, reinstating and making
good the same shall be, borne by the Employer, but in any other case all costs
shall be borne by the Contractor.
38.0 REMOVAL
(1) Removal of improper work and materials: The Chairman shall during the progress
of the works have power to order in writing from time to time.
a) The removal from the Site, within such time or time as may be specified in the
order, of any materials, which in the opinion of the Engineer, are not in
accordance with the Contract.
b) The substitution of improper, substandard and unsuitable materials, and
c) The removal and proper re-execution, notwithstanding any previous test thereof
or interim payment therefore, of any work which in respect of materials or
48
workmanship is not in the opinion of the Engineer, in accordance with the
Contract
(2) Default of Contractor in Compliance: In case of default on the part of the

Contractor in carrying out such order, the Employer shall be entitled to employ
and pay other persons to carry out the same and all expenses consequent
thereon or incidental thereto shall be recoverable from the Contractor by the
Employer, or may be deducted by the Employer from any sum due or' which may
become due to the Contractor.
39.0 SUSPENSION
(I) Suspension of work: The Contractor shall, on the written order of the Engineer,
suspend the progress of the works or any part thereof for such time or times and in
such manner as the Engineer may consider necessary and shall during such
suspension properly protect and secure the work, so far as is necessary in the
opinion of the Engineer. The extra cost incurred by the Contractor in giving effect to
the Engineer's instruction under this Clause shall be borne and paid by the Employer
unless such suspension is
a) Otherwise provided for in the Contract, or

b) Necessary by reason of some default on the part of the Contractor, or
c) Necessary by reason of climatic conditions on the Site, or
d) Necessary for the proper execution of the work or for the safety of workmen or
Works of any part thereof in so far as such necessity does not arise from any act or
default by the Engineer or the Employer or from any of the expected risks defined in
Clause 19 hereof provided that the Contractor shall not be entitled to recover any
such extra cost unless he gives written notice of his intention to claim to the
Employer within twenty-eight days of the Engineer's order. The Chairman shall
settle and determine such extra payment and/or extension of time under Clause 43
hereof to be made to the Contractor in respect of such claim as shall in the opinion
of the Employer be fair and reasonable.
(2) Suspension lasting more than 90 days: If the progress of the Works or any
part thereof is suspended on the written order of the Chairman and if permission to
resume Work is not given by the Chairman within a period of ninety days from the
date of suspension then, unless such suspension is within paragraph (a), (b), (c) or
(d) of sub-clause (1) of this Clause, the Contractor may serve a written notice on
the Employer requiring permission within twenty eight days from the receipt thereof
to proceed with the Works, or that part thereof in regard in which progress is
suspended and, if such permission is not granted within that time, the Contractor by
a further written notice so served may, but is not bound to, elect or treat the
suspension where it affects part only of the Works as an omission of such part under
Clause 50 hereof, or where it affects the whole Works, as an abandonment of the
Contract by the Employer.
40.0 COMMENCEMENT TIME AND DELAYS
Commencement of works: The Contractor shall commence the Works on Site within the
period named in the Appendix to the Bid after the receipt by him of a written order to
this effect from the Engineer and shall proceed with the same with due expedition and
49
without delay, except as may be expressly sanctioned or ordered by the Engineer, or be
wholly beyond the Contractors' Control.
The successful contractor shall within four weeks from the date of issue of Letter of
Intent furnish one or more drawing stating and showing the following:
1.0 Dimensioned area requirement of the pumping station

1.1 Cut-outs at the operating platform.
1.2 Layout of motors, pumps, valves and other electrical units like MCC, Capacitors
etc.
2.0 Centerline of VT Pumping units
2.1 Foundation level of pumps & valves
2.2 Centerline and sizes of pump delivery pipes, bends etc.
2.3 Top of the Pump casing
2.4 H.O.T. Crane rail.
3.0 Forces and Moments developed at different locations.
3.1 Static and Dynamic loads of pumps, motors, valves, etc. (showing deed loads
separately) & load of various electrical equipments and machinery.
3.2 Moments and stresses developed at different locations.
3.3 Vibrations at different locations expected.
4.0 Foundation details showing bolt sizes and extent of embedding of the foundation
bolts.
5.0 RSJ sizes, locations and fixing arrangements for motor support, RSJ/girder
requirement for fixing HOT crane as clamp-on chain pulley blocks for attending of
values etc. at the pump floor level stating the maximum load that is required to
be lifted.
6.0 Layout of cable trenches, cable trays showing the locations and levels together
without position of hooks at the underside of the operating platform stating the
maximum load required to be withstood.
7.0 Any other data that the Bid considers relevant for construction of civil structure.
8. Any other reasonable data that may be asked for.
41.0 POSSESSION
(1) Possession of site: Save in so far as the contract may prescribe, the extent of
portions of the Site of which the Contractor is to be given possession from time to
time and the order in which such portions shall be made available to him and
subject to any requirement in the Contract as to the order in which the Works
shall be executed, the Employer will, with the Engineer's written order to
commence the Works, give to the Contractor possession of so much of the Site as
50
may be required to enable the Contractor to commence and proceed with the
execution of the Works in accordance with the Programmed referred to in Clause
14 hereof, if any, and otherwise in accordance with such reasonable proposals, of
the Contractor as he shall, by written notice to the Engineer, make and will, from
time to time as the Works proceed, give to the Contractor possession of such
further portions of the Site as may be required to enable the Contractor to
proceed with the execution of the Works with due dispatch in accordance with the
said Programmed or proposals, as the case may be. If the Contractor suffers
delays or incurs cost for failure on the part of the Employer to give possession in
accordance with the terms of this Clause, the Employer shall grant an extension
of time for the completion of the Works and certify such sum as, in his opinion,
shall be fair to cover the cost incurred, which sum shall be paid by .the Employer.
(2) Way leaves etc.: The Contractor shall bear all costs and charges for special or
temporary way leaves required by him in connection with access to the Site. The
Contractor shall also provide at his own cost any additional accommodation
outside the site required by him for the purpose of the works.
42.0 TIME
(1) Time of Completion and progress of Works: The progress of the work shall
conform to the approved Work Programmed in terms of Clauses 14 hereof, and
subject to any requirement in the contract as the completion of any section of the
Works before completion of the whole, the whole of the Works shall be
completed, in accordance with the provisions of Clause 47 hereof, within the time
stated in the Contract calculated from last days of the period named in the
Appendix to the Bid as that within which the Works are to be commenced, or such
extended time as may be allowed under Clause 43 hereof.
(2) Failure in keeping to stages of work Programmed: If the Contractor does

not keep to the approved program and continues at any stage to fail behind his
schedule by as much as twenty percent (20%) of the said approved work
programmed, within thirty (30) days from receipt by him of a written notice from
the Engineer, or if in the opinion of the Engineer the delay will substantially affect
operation activities or execution of a major work item and it is ascertained by the
Engineer that the Contractor cannot remedy the occasion within the stipulated
time, the Chairman on recommendation of Engineer shall have full authority to
undertake measures to recover from such adverse condition in terms of the
provisions of Clause 62 thereof.
43.0 EXTENSION OF TIME FOR COMPLETION
Should the amount of extra or additional work of any kind or any cause of delay referred
to in these Conditions, or other special circumstances of any kind whatsoever which may
occur, other than through a default of the Contractor, be such as fairly to entitle the
Contractor to an extension of time for the completion of the works, the Chairman on
recommendation of Engineer shall determine the period of such extension and shall
notify the Employer and the Contractor accordingly. Provided that the Engineer is not
bound to take into account any extra or additional work or other special circumstances
unless the Contractor has within twenty-eight days after such work has been
commenced, or such circumstances have arisen or as soon as is practicable, submitted
to the Engineer full and detailed particulars of any extension of time to which he may
consider himself entitled in order that such submission may be investigated at the time.
51
44.0 NO NIGHT OR SUNDAY WORK
Subject to any provision to the contrary contained in the Contract, none of the
Permanent Works shall, save as hereinafter provided, be carried on during the night or
on Sundays, if locally recognized as days of rest, or other locally recognized equivalent
without the permission in writing of the Engineer, except when the works is unavoidable
or absolutely necessary for the saving of life or property or for the safety of the Works,
in which case the Contractor shall immediately advise the Engineer, provided always that
the provisions of the Clause shall not be applicable in the case of any work which it is
customary to carry out by rotary of shifts.
45.0 RATE OF PROGRESS AND NIGHT WORK WHEN PERMITTED
If for any reason, which does not entitle the Contractor to an extension of time, the rate
of progress of the Works or any section is at any time, in the opinion of the Engineer, too
slow to ensure completion by the prescribed time or extended time for completion, the
Chairman on recommendation of the Engineer shall so notify the Contractor in writing
and the Contractor shall thereupon take such steps as are necessary and the Engineer
may approve to expedite progress as to complete the Works or such section by the
prescribed time or extended time. The Contractor shall not be entitled to any additional
payment for taking such steps. If as a result of any notice given by the Chairman under
this Clause, the Contractor shall seek the Chairman permission to do any work at night
or on Sundays, If locally recognized as days of rest, or their locally recognized
equivalent, such permission shall not be unreasonable refused. When work at night has
to be carried out, the Contractor shall, at his own cost and expense, make adequate
arrangements for lighting and provide necessary facilities for safety etc. and comply with
all stipulations as may have been imposed by the Chairman in granting permission for
night work.
46.0 DAMAGES FOR DELAY
(1) Liquidated Damages for Delay: If the Contractor shall fail to achieve
completion of the Works within the time prescribed by Clause 42 hereof, then the
Contractor shall pay to the Employer the sum stated in the Contract as liquidated
damages for such default and not as a penalty for every day of part of a day
which shall elapse between the time prescribed by Clause 42 hereof and the date
of certified completion of the Works, the Employer may without prejudice to any
other method of recovery, deduct the amount of such damages from any money
in his hands, due or which may become due to the Contractor. The payment or
deduction of such damages shall not relieve the Contractor form his obligation to
complete the Works, or from any other of his obligations and liabilities under the
Contract.
(2) Reduction of liquidated Damages: If, before the completion of the whole of the
Works any part or section of the Works has been certified by the Engineer as
completed, pursuant to Clause 47 hereof, and occupied or used by the Employer,
the liquidated damages for delay shall, for any period of delay after such
certificate and in the absence of alterative provision in the contract be reduced in
the proportion which the value of the part or section so certified bears to the
value of the whole of the Works.
(3) Extent of Liquidated Damages: The liquidated damages referred to in sub-

clause (1) for delay of each day or part thereof, shall be at the rate of one
52
percent (l %) or such smaller amount as the Employer may decide, or the total
value of the Contract Price excluding the value of such part or section of the
works as may have been covered by certificate of completion in terms of the
provisions of sub-clause (2) above, Provided however that in no case shall be
total amount of liquidated damages exceed ten percent (10%) of the total
Contract Price for whole Works.
(4) Liquidated Damage as Reasonable Compensation: The 'Liquidated damage'

referred to in sub-clause (1) to (3) above, shall be considered as reasonable
compensation to the applied to the use of the Employer without reference to the
actual loss or damage sustained and whether or not any damage shall have been
sustained.
(5) No bonus for early completion: The Contractor shall not be entitled to
payment of any bonus for early completion of the Works.
47.0 CERTIFICATION OF COMPLETION OF WORK
(1) Erection: Erection of Mechanical and electrical equipment shall be construed

to have been completed where equipment in question is placed in position
undergoes all necessary tests such as those for alignment, verticality, leak
proofness, insulation etc. as may be specified elsewhere in the Bid documents
and put to operation.
(2) Completion: Completion is a stage when the equipment and the structure as a
whole is certified by the Employer. The date shall only be indicative for the
purpose of reckoning the period of Maintenance Period and shall not be co-related
with the release of any payment provided that non-continuous of sporadic
functioning shall not be deemed as commissioning and also provided that non-
commissioning of minor works, the decision on determination of major or minor
works resting with the employer, shall not multify the act of completion for the
aforesaid purpose.
An item shall be considered as minor work where its non-completion may not in the
opinion of the employer, stand in the way of commencement of plant operation.
(3) Trial Run: The Trial Run period shall be for three months including 72 hours
with load operation of 8 hours at a stretch operation of all equipments as per
specification and to the satisfaction of Engineer-in-Charge.
48.0 MAINTENANCE
(1) Maintenance Period: Maintenance period shall be for a period of one year counted
from the date of certified commissioning i.e. after successful trial runs of 3
months. The Contractor shall provide spare parts at his cost required during the
maintenance period.
(2) Cost of Execution of work of repair, etc.: The repair work shall be carried out by
the Contractor at his own expense if the necessity thereof shall, in the opinion of
the Engineer, be due to the use of materials or workmanship not in accordance
with the Contract, or to neglect or failure on the part of the Contractor to comply
53
with any obligation, expressed or implied, on the Contractor's part under the
Contract. If, in the opinion of the Engineer, such necessity shall be· due to any
other cause, the value of such work shall be ascertained and paid for as if it was
an additional work.
(3) Remedy on contractor's failure to carry out work required: If the Contractor shall
fail to do any such work as aforesaid requirement by the Engineer, the Employer
shall be entitled to employ and pay other persons to carry out the same, which in
the opinion of the Employer, the Contractor was liable to do at his own expense
under the Contract. In the said event, all expenses consequent thereon or
incidental thereto shall be recoverable from the Contractor by the Employer, or
may be deducted by the Employer from any sum due or which may become due
to the Contractor.
49.0 CONTRACTOR TO SEARCH
The Contractor shall, if required by the Chairman in writing, search under the directions
of the Engineer, for the cause of any defect, imperfection or fault appearing during the
progress of the Works or in the period of Maintenance. Unless such defect, imperfection
or fault shall be one for which the contractor is liable under the contract, the cost of the
work carried out by the contractor in searching as aforesaid shall be borne by the
Employer. If such defect, imperfection or fault shall be one for which the contractor is
liable as aforesaid, the cost of the work carried out in searching as aforesaid shall be
borne by the contractor and he shall in such case repair, rectify and make good such
defect, imperfection or fault at his Own expense in accordance with the provisions of
Clause 48 hereof to the satisfaction of the Engineer.
50.0 ALTERATIONS, ADDITIONS AND OMISSIONS
(1) Variations: The Employer may make any variation of the form, quality or
quantity of the Works or any part thereof that may, in his opinion, be necessary
and for that purpose, or if for any other reason it shall, in his opinion, be
desirable, he shall have power to order the Contractor to do and the Contractor
shall do any of the following:
a) Increase or decrease the quantity of any work included in the contract.
b) Omit any such work.
c) Change the character or quality or kind of any such work.
d) Change the levels, lines position and dimensions of any part of the Works and
e) Execute additional work of any kind necessary for the satisfactory completion of
the works or for deriving satisfaction of the Employer. It is expressly provided
that no such variation shall, in any way vitiate or invalidate the Contract, but the
value, if any, of all such variations shall be taken into account in ascertaining the
amount of the Contract Price.
(2) Orders for variations to be in writing: The Contractor shall make no such
variations without an order in writing from the Employer. Provided that no order
in writing shall be required for insignificant increase or decrease in the quantity of
any work where such increase or decrease is not the result of an order given
under this Clause, but is the result of the quantities exceeding or being less than
54
those stated in the Schedule of prices. Provided also that if for any reason the
Employer shall consider it desirable to give any such order verbally, the
Contractor shall comply with such order and any confirmation in writing of such
verbal order given by the Employer whether before or after the carrying out of
the order, shall be deemed to be an order in writing within the meaning of this
Clause. Provided further that in the event of non-receipt of written confirmation
from the Employer, the Contractor shall, within eleven working days, confirm the
same from his end in writing to the Employer, and If such confirmation is not
contradicted in writing within fourteen working days by the employer, it shall be
deemed to be an order in writing by the Employer.
51.0 VALUATION
(1) Valuation of variations: All extra or additional work done or work omitted or
substituted by order of the Employer shall be valued at the rates and prices set
out in the Contract if, in the opinion of the Employer, the same shall be applicable
as it is or with addition to or subtraction from an accepted item, if the Contract
does not contain any rates or prices applicable to the extra or additional work,
then the rates or prices shall be obtained from the Central Circle, Public Works
Department schedule of rates as was in vogue on the date of submission of the
Bid. The same is being escalated to an extent determined by comparing the cost
of a similar item appearing in the Schedule of Prices with those in PWD schedule.
Where such rates are not available in P.W.D. schedule of rates, the market-
analysed rate as approved by the Employer shall be final and binding. In case of
such analysed rates, 10% profit including overhead consultant‟s fees, ST.
Turnover Tax etc. shall be allowed. No other overhead, or other expenses shall be
taken into account shall be considered to be inclusive of contractors profit.
(2) Variation Exceeding 20 Percent: - If, on certified completion of the whole of the
Works, it shall be found that a reduction or increase greater than twenty percent
(20%) of the sum named in the Letter of Acceptance, excluding all fixed sums,
provisional sums if any, results from
a) The aggregate effect of all Variation Orders, and
b) All adjustments upon measurement of the estimated quantities set out in the
Schedule of Prices excluding all provisional sums, and adjustments of price made
under Clause 66 (1) hereof but not from any other clause, of the Contract Price
shall be adjusted by such sum as may be agreed between the Contractor and the
Employer or, failing agreement, fixed by the Employer having regard to all
material and relevant factors, including the Contractor's site and general
overhead costs.
(3) Claims: The Contractor shall send to the Chairman once in every month an
account giving particulars, as full and detailed as possible, of all claims for any
additional payment to which the Contractor may consider himself entitled and of
all extra or additional work ordered by the Employer which he has executed
during the preceding month. No final or interim claim for payment for any such
work or expense will be considered which has not been included in such
particulars. Provided always that the Employer shall at his discretion be entitled
to authorize payment to be made for any such working expense, notwithstanding
the Contractor's failure to comply with this condition, that the Contractor has, at
the earlier practicable opportunity, notified the Employer in writing that he
55
intends to make a claim for such work, provided always that a release of payment
shall be preceded by the claim and valuation of variation, in that order.
52.0 PLANT TEMPORARY WORKS AND MATERIALS
1. Plant, etc. exclusive use for the works: All Constructional Plant, Temporary
Works and materials provided by the Contractor shall, when brought to the Site
be deemed to be exclusively intended for the execution of the Works and the
Contractor shall not remove the same or any part thereof, except for the purpose
of moving it from one part of the Site to another, without the consent, in writing,
of the Engineer which shall not be unreasonably withheld.
2. Removal of plant, etc.: Upon completion of the Works the Contractor shall
remove from the Site all the said Constructional Plant and Temporary Works
remaining thereon and any unused material provided by the Contractor to the
satisfaction in the Engineer.
3. Employer not liable for damage to plant, etc.: The employer shall not at any
time be liable for the loss of or damage to any of or damage to any of the said
Constructional Plant, Temporary Works or materials same as mentioned in Clause
19 and 62 hereof.
4. Octroi, Sales tax, VAT, Cess and other imposts. The Contractor shall pay Octroi,
Sales Tax, VAT, Cess, Work Contract Tax and all other taxes, duties and charges
as may be applicable from time to time in respect of materials purchased by him
or plants and equipment brought to Site. No separate payment shall be made for
all these and they shall be deemed to have been covered within the Contractor's
rates for the finished items of work.
5. Temporary Works: At least fourteen (14) days in advance of taking up any

temporary works, the contractor shall submit to the Engineer for approval
complete drawings of all temporary works he may require for the execution of the
Works. He shall, so required by the Engineer, submit his calculations relating to
the strength of the temporary works proposed. Modifications that the Engineer
may require shall be made by the Contractor at the latter's cost and expenses. At
the discretion of the Engineer, a higher stress up-to a maximum of twenty five
percent (25%) in excess of the stress normally allowed for permanent structures,
may be permitted in the design of temporary works.
Notwithstanding the approval by the Engineer of any of the temporary works, the
contractor shall remain wholly responsible for their adequacy, safety, proper
maintenance and of all obligations in regard to such works specified or implied in the
Contract, until the removal of such works.
53.0 APPROVAL OF MATERIAL, ETC. NOT IMPLIED
The operation of Clause 52 hereof shall not be deemed to imply any approval by the
Engineer of the materials or other matters referred to therein shall not interfere with
rejection of any such materials at any time by the Engineer.
54.0 MEASUREMENT
For measurement, the metric system should be used.
55.0 WORKS TO BE MEASURED

56
The engineer shall, except as otherwise stated, ascertain and determine by
measurement the value in terms of the Contract of work done in accordance with the
Contract. He shall, when he requires any part or parts of the works to be measured, give
notice to the Contractor's authorized agent or representative, who shall forthwith attend
or send a qualified agent to assist the Engineer or the Engineer's Representative in
making such measurement, and shall furnish all particulars required by either of them.
Should the Contractor not attend, or neglect or omit to send his agent on two
consecutive occasions, then in the third occasion the measurement shall be made
unilaterally by the Engineer, which shall be taken to be the correct measurement of the
work. For the purpose of measurement such permanent work as is to be measured by
records and drawings at suitable intervals of such work and the Contractor, as and when
called upon to do so in writing shall, within fourteen days, attend to examine and agree
upon such records and drawings, with the Engineer or Engineer's Representative and
shall sign the same when so agreed. If the Contractor does not so attend to examine and
agree upon such records and drawings on two consecutive occasions they shall be taken
to be correct. If, after examination of such records and drawings, the Contractor does
not agree with the same or does not sign the same as agreed, they shall nevertheless be
taken to be correct, unless the Contractor shall, within fourteen days of such
examination, lodge with the for decision by the Engineer, a notice in writing giving
details of the respects in which such records and drawings are claimed by him to be
incorrect together with reasons thereof.
56.0 METHOD OF MEASUREMENT
The Works shall be measured but, notwithstanding any general or local custom, except
where otherwise specifically described or prescribed in the Contract.
57.0 PAYMENT
Terms of payment : Item wise break up

1 Planning, designing and construction of Pile foundation of intake jetty cum pumping station in the
river Bhagirati considering bid documents as per approval from competent authority and direction of
EIC.
Break up :
A Completion of pile foundation including load test (conventional/dynamic as
70%
directed by E.I.C.)
B Completion of bracing, extension of pile as column etc. and any other work
20%
required to complete the item in all respect.
C After successful trial run of the plant. 10%
Total = 100%
2 Planning design and construction of supper structure of intake jetty cum pumping station including
concrete wall, Beam, pump house floor slab , roof slab including Masonry works, Painting, plastering,
finishing , rolling shutter gate , fixing of door and window, Roof treatment and arrangement for 5.0
MT capacity HOT crane etc in all respect considering bid documents as per approval from competent
authority and direction of EIC.
Break up :
57
A All structural works from floor level
60%
B All other works including Masonary works, Painting, plastering, finishing , rolling
shutter gate , fixing of door and window, Roof treatment and arrangement for 5.0
MTgantry girder
30%
C After successful trial run of the plant.
10%
Total = 100%
3 Planning design and construction of 3.0 m walk way above piles cap supported on pier including
plastering, finishing,fixing of hand railings , supply and laying 700 mm dia. K9 MS Pipe , arrangement
of cable tray etc. in all respect considering bid documents as per approval from competent authority
and direction of EIC
Break up :
A All works completed in all respect. 90%
B After successful trial run of the plant. 10%
Total = 100%
4 Supply delivery installation of vertical turbine pumping units with its motor and column pipes with its
all other allied job such as delivery main , NRV, actuator control butterfly valves , common delivery
units, delivery main with butterfly valve and full bored type flow meter, etc. complete in all respect
considering bid documents as per approval from competent authority and direction of EIC
Break up :
A Supply of Pump & Motors 40%
B Supply of all other matarials 20%
C Installation of all matarials 30%
D After successful trial run of the plant. 10%
Total = 100%
5 Supply delivery installation of MCC with its caballing and earthing arrangement of the pumping
station (No welding allowed in earthing strip) completein all respect considering bid documents as
per approval from competent authority and direction of EIC
Break up :
A Supply of all Electro-Mechanical equipments required to complete the item. 50%
B Installation, fitting & fixing complete of all Electro-mechanical equipments and 40%
any other work requried to complete the item in all respect.
Total = 100%
6 Supply, delivery, installation, testing & commissioning of VCB, 800 kVA inddor transformer &, LT PDB
Panel for sub station as per Bid document and as per direction of EIC & technical advisor (E/M),
M.E.Dte.
Break up :
58
B Installation of Electro-mechanical equipment and any other work required to 40%
complete the item in all respect.
Total = 100%
7 Testing &Commissioning of the whole installation as per I.E Rules with Govt. Electrical inspector’s
fees as complete in all respect and as per Bid document & as per direction of EIC & technical advisor
(E/M), M.E.Dte.
Break up :
B Installation of Electro-mechanical equipment and any other work requred to 30%

Total = 100%
8 Supply delivery & erection of illumination fittings fixture, aviation lamp fittings, exhaust fan. Celling
fan , lightening arrestor with its wiring and earthing arrangement in intake jetty pumping station
complete in all respect considering bid documents as per approval from competent authority and
direction of EIC
Break up :
B Installation of Electro-mechanical equipment and any other work requred to 40%

Total = 100%
9 Planning, Design & Construction of HT Substation building(RCC Framed) for 800 kVA load along with
brick work, Plastering, Painting, Roof treatment, flooring, Cable trench, door & windows, ramp,
sanitation & Plumbing, 1000 litreover head tank complete in all respect as per tentative drawing in
Annexure & in consultation with Power Supply Agency and Approved design as per direction of E.I.C.
Break up :
A All structural work up to EGL 20%
B All structural work above EGL 20%
C Supply of all E/M Works equipment’s. 30%
D Installation of all E/M Works 15%
E All work including finishing Complete in all respect 5%
F After successful trial run of the plant. 10%
Total = 100%
59
10 Jack Pushing works at two locations, one at Railway crossing, another at NH in the way of rising main
along with design, drawing, and work along withr proper planning, safety as per permission received
from competent authorities complete in all respect and direction of Engineer-in Charge.
Break up :
A After completion in all respect 100%
Total = 100%
11 Laying OF 700 mm dia. D.I. pipes (K9) without specials, including earth work in excavation in
trenches, shoring (if necessary) of adequate width having minimum depth to keep the top surface of
pipe 1.00M below of the existing ground level in any kind of soil mixed with boulder, metal crust,
concrete pavement, any road sub-grade and its flank etc., dewatering the trenches, preparing the
bottom surface of the trenches for continuous bedding including sand filling (if necessary) or over
ground installation to cross ditches etc. supported with RCC pillars as & when necessary and fitting,
fixing, jointing (all types of joints) valves, specials etc. as per requirement, in position, cutting,
chamfering of pipes as required, carriage of materials from Municipal stores to work at site,
constructing sluice valve chambers including supply and fitting in position sluice valve of different
dia. as per requirement , minimum 4 nos. NRV, filling of the trenches with excavated materials,
consolidating the same in layers, temporary road restoration, guarding trenches with temporary
bamboo railing for safety where necessary, emergency horizontal auger boring ( for roads other than
NH & SH) where necessary, removing the surplus materials from site including all labour charges,
tools and plants, pressure testing, cleaning and disinfection of pipes etc. complete in all respect as
per IS 12288-1987(latest edition) and instruction of E.I.C.
( Only the pipes, rubber rings(gasket), Pipe Jointing material and specials of different dia. Will be
supplied departmentally. The surplus and unused materials are to be returned to store at his own
cost.). The approximate length of rising main is 14.2 KM. This item also include Temporary road
restoration after testing & consolidation of back filling with 150 mm thick(in two layers) Brick bats
with screening materials.
Break up :
A After completion in all respect 100%
Total = 100%
12 Planning, Designing & Construction of R.C.C retaining wall to retain earth up to FGL along with
plastering, Boundary wall (1.5 m Height From FGL over retaining wall) with barbed Fencing along with
4.0 m Steel gate with anti corrosion paint, Filling & Land development of Whole Premises up to FGL
With good earth with proper compaction & consolidation, 4 m wide road on consolidated pavement
with M20 grade of concrete having min. Thickness of 150 mm and nominal reinforcement (min. 0.15
% of Gross area) at top and bottom both ways and over it Paver Block (not less than 60 mm in
thickness) inside the premises etc and Finishing complete in all respect per approved drawing and
direction of E.I.C.
A Construction of RCC retaining wall 25%
B 1.5 M Masonary boundary wall over Retaining wall & steel gate 20%
C Barbed fencing over boundary wall 15%
D Filling & land development up to FGL 15%
E 4.0 m wide internal road 15%
F After successful trial run of the plant. 10%
60
Total = 100%
13 Operation and maintenance of the plant for 5 (Five) years. The work includes supplying adequate
number of operator personnel and skilled labour with a provision for necessary training to the
personnel appointed by the ULB including supplying all sundry materials, and replacement of all
types of damaged component etc. as per Bid document and complete in all respect and as per
direction of Engineer-in Charge.
N.B:- This item will be executed after three (3) months trial run.
Break up :
A Lump sum price to be quoted which will be paid yearly basis throughout whole 100%
O/M
Total = 100%
Note: a) 2% of Earnest money deposited earlier will be converted into Security deposit after awarding the
Contract and 8% of security deposit, will be recovered from each running account bill.
b) The 80 % of Security deposit or Retention money will be returned after completion of successful
operation & maintenance period for 12 months without any interest & rest 20 % security money will
be returned after completion of successful operation & maintenance period for 60 months without
any interest.
c) There will be no security deposit for Sl no. 13 and payment for operation and maintenance will be
made yearly basis.
d) The total amount to be quoted & uploaded by the bidder in .xls format of BOQ under Financial
document will be as per the clause 57 of section C .
e) The items which is not covered here but required for successful completion of the project in all
respect are to be considered by the bidder while quoting their rates in uploaded BOQ.
58.0 APPROVAL ONLY BY MAINTENANCE CERTIFICATE
No Certificate other than the Maintenance Certificate referred to in Clause 59 hereof shall
be deemed to constitute final approval of the Works.
59.0 MAINTENANCE CERTIFICATE
(1) The Maintenance Certificate stating that the Works have been completed and
maintained to the satisfaction of the Engineer, shall be issued by him within
twenty eight days after the expiration of the period of Maintenance, or if different
periods of maintenance shall become applicable to different sections or parts of
the Works, the expiration of the latest such period, or as Soon thereafter as any
works ordered during such period, pursuant to Clauses 4) and 48 hereof (shall
have been completed to the Satisfaction of the Engineer).
With regard to defects that may arise during the Period of Maintenance, the Contractor
shall be responsible to carry out restoration/rectification of damages as are attributable
to defects in works carried out under this Contract. The decision of the Employer in the
regard shall be final and binding on the contractors.
2) Cessation of Employer's liability: The Employer shall not be liable to the

Contractor for any matters or thing arising out of or in connection with the
Contractor for any matters or thing arising out of or in connection with the
61
Contract or the execution of the Works, unless the Contractor shall have made a
claim in writing in respect thereof before the delivery of the Maintenance
Certificate under this Clause.
3) Unfulfilled obligations: Notwithstanding the issue of the Maintenance

Certificate the Contractor and, subject to the sub-clause (2) of the Clause, the
Contractor shall remain liable for the fulfilment of any obligation incurred under
the provisions of the Contract prior to the issue of the Maintenance Certificate
which remains imperforated at the time such Certificate is issued and for the
purpose of determine the nature and extent of any such obligation, the Contract
shall be deemed to remain in force between the parties hereto,
60.0 REMEDIES AND POWERS
1) Default of contractor: If the Contractor shall become bankrupt, or have a

receiving order made against him, or shall present his petition in bankruptcy, or
shall made an arrangement with or assignment in favor of his creditors, or shall
age to carry out the Contract under a committee of inspection of his creditors or,
being a corporation, shall go into liquidation (other than a voluntary liquidation
for the purpose of amalgamation or reconstruction), or if the Contractor shall
assign the Contract, without the consent in writing of the Employer first obtained,
or shall have an execution levied on his goods, or if the Engineer shall certify in
goods, or if the Engineer shall certify in writing to the Employer that in his opinion
the Contractor :
a) Has abandoned the Contract, or
b) Without reasonable excuse has failed to commence the Works or has suspended
the progress of the Works for twenty eight days after receiving from the Engineer
written notice to proceed, or
c) Has failed to remove materials from the Site or to pull down and replace work for
twenty eight days after receiving from the Engineer written notice that the said
materials or work had been condemned and/or rejected by the Engineer under
these conditions, or
d) Despite previous warnings by the Engineer, in writing, is not executing the Works
in accordance with the Contract, or is persistently or flagrantly neglecting to carry
out his obligation under the Contract, or
e) Has, to the detriment of good workmanship, or in defiance of the Engineer's

instructions to the contrary, sublet any part of the Contract.
Then the Employer may, after giving fourteen day's notice in writing to the
Contractor, enter upon the Site and the Works and expel the Contractor therefore
without thereby avoiding the Contract, or releasing the Contractor from any of his
obligations or liabilities under the Contract, or affecting the rights and powers conferred
on the Employer or the Engineer by the Contract, and may himself complete the Works
or may employ any other contractor or agency to complete the Works. The Employer or
such other contractor may use for such completion so much of the Constructional Plant,
Temporary Works and materials, which have been deemed to be reserved exclusively for
the execution of the Works, under the provisions of the Contract, as he or they may
think proper and the Employer may, at any time, sell any of the said Constructional
Plant, Temporary Works used and unused materials and apply the proceeds of sale in or
62
towards the satisfaction of any sums due or which may become due to him from the
Contractor under the Contract.
2) Valuation at date of forfeiture: The Engineer shall, as soon as may be

practicable after any such entry and expulsion by the Employer, fix and
determine expert, or by or after reference to the parties, or after such
investigation or enquiries as he may think fit to make or institute and shall certify
what amount, if any, had at the time of such entry and expulsion been reasonably
earned by or would reasonably accrue to the Contractor in respect of work then
actually done by him under the Contract and the value of any of the said unused
or partially used materials, and Constructional Plant and any Temporary Works.
3) Payment after forfeiture: If the Employer shall enter and expel the Contractor
any money on account of the Contract until the expiration of the Period of
Maintenance and thereafter until the costs of execution and maintenance,
damages for delay in completion, if any and all other expenses incurred by the
Employer have been ascertained and the amount thereof certified by the
Engineer. The Contractor shall then be entitled to receive only such sums or
sums, if any, as the Engineer may certify would have been payable to him upon
due completion by him after deducting the said amount. If such amount shall
exceed the sum which would have been payable to the Contractor on due
completion by him, then the Contractor shall, upon demand, pay to the Employer
the amount of such excess and it shall be deemed a debt due by the Contractor
to the Employer and shall be recoverable accordingly.
61.0 URGENT REPAIRS
If, by reason of any accident, or failure, or other event occurring to in or in connection

with the Works, or any part thereof, either during the execution of the Works, or during
the period of Maintenance, any remedial or other work or repair shall, in the opinion of
the Engineer or the Engineer's Representative, be urgently necessary for the safety of
the Works and the Contractor in unable or unwilling at once to do such work or repair,
the Employer may employ and pay other persons to carry out such work or repair as the
Engineer or the Engineer's Representative may consider necessary. If the work or repair
so done by the Employer is work which in the opinion of the Engineer, the Contractor
was liable to do at his own expense under the Contract, all expenses properly incurred
by the Employer in so doing shall be recoverable from the Contractor by the Employer,
or may be deducted by the Employer from any sums due or which may become due to
the Contractor, Provided always that the Engineer or the Engineer's Representative, as
the case may be, shall, as soon after the occurrence of any such emergency as may be
reasonably practicable, notify the Contractor thereof in writing.
62.0 SPECIAL RISKS
Notwithstanding anything in the Contract contained:
1) No liability for war, etc., Risks- The Contractor shall be under no liability
whatsoever whether by way of identity or otherwise for or in respect of
destruction of or damage to the Works, same to work condemned under the
provision of Clause 38 hereof prior to the occurrence of any special risk
hereinafter mentioned, or to property whether of the Employer or third parties, or
for or in respect of injury or loss of life which is the consequence of any special
risk as hereinafter defined The employer shall indemnify and save harmless to
63
Contractor against and from the same and against and from the same and
against and from all claims, proceedings, damages, costs, charges and expenses
whatsoever arising there out or in connection therewith.
2) Damage to works, etc., by special risks - If the Works or any materials on or near
or in transit to the Site, or any other property of the Contractor used or intended
to be used for the purposes of the Works, shall sustain destruction of damage by
reason or any of the said special risks the Contractor shall be entitled to payment
for:
a) Any permanent work and for any materials so destroyed or damaged and so far
as may be required by the Engineer, or as may be necessary for the completion
of the Works, or the basis of cost plus such profit as the Engineer may certify to
be reasonable;
b) Replacing or making good any such destruction or damage to the Works;
c) Replacing or making good such materials or other property of the Contractor used
or intended to be used for the purposes of the Works.
3) Projectile missile etc.: Destruction, damage, injury or loss of life caused by

the explosion or impact whenever and wherever occurring of any mine, bomb,
shell, grenade, or other projectile, missile, ammunition, or explosive of war, shall
be deemed to be a consequence of the said special risks.
4) Increase cost arising from special risks: The Employer shall repay to the
Contractor any increased cost of or incidental to the execution of the Works,
other than such as may be attributable to the cost of reconstructing work
condemned under the provisions of Clause 38 hereof, prior to the' occurrence of
any special risk, which is howsoever attributable to or consequent on or the result
of or in any way whatsoever connected with the said special risks, subject
however to the provisions in this Clause hereinafter contained in regard to
outbreak of war, but the 'Contractor shall as soon as any such increase of cost
shall come to his knowledge forthwith notify the Chairman thereof in writing.
5) Special Risks: The special risks are war, (whether war be declared or not),
invasion, act of foreign enemies, the nuclear and pressure waves risk described in
Clause 19(2) hereof, or in so far as it relates to the country in which the works
are being or are to be executed or maintained, rebellion, revolution, insurrection,
military or usurped power, civil war, or unless solely restricted to the employees
of the Contractor or of his Sub-Contractor and arising from the conduct of the
Works, riot, commotion or disorder.
6) Outbreak of war: If, during the currency of the Contract, there shall be an
outbreak of war, whether war is declared or not, in any part of the world which,
whether financially or otherwise, materially affects the execution of the works,
the Contractor shall, unless and until the Contract is terminated under the
provisions of this Clause, continue to use his best endeavours to complete the
execution of the Works. Provided always that the Employer shall be entitled at
any time after such outbreak of war to terminate the Contract by giving written
notice to the Contractor and upon such notice being given, this Contract shall,
except as to the rights of the parties under this Clause and to the operation of
64
Clause 64 hereof, terminate but without prejudice to the rights of either party in
respect of any antecedent breach thereof
7) Removal of plant of termination: If the Contract shall be terminated under the

provisions of the last proceeding sub-clause, the Contractor shall, with all
reasonable dispatch, remove from the Site all constructional Plant and shall give
similar facilities to his Sub-Contractors to do so.
8) Payment if Contract terminated: If the Contract shall be terminated as

aforesaid, the Contractor shall be paid by the Employer, in so far as such
amounts or items shall not have already been covered by payments on account
made to the Contractor, for all work executed prior to the date of termination at
the rates and prices provided in the Contract and in addition
a) The amounts payable in respect of any preliminary items, so far as the work
carried out or performed, and a proper proportion as certified by the Engineer of
any such items, the work or service comprised in which has been partially carried
out or performed.
b) The cost of materials or goods reasonably ordered for the Works which shall have
been delivered to the Contractor or of which the Contractor is legally liable to
accept delivery such materials or goods becoming the property of the Employer
upon such payments being made by him.
c) A sum to be certified by the Engineer, being the amount of any expenditure

reasonably incurred by the Contractor in the expectation of completing the whole
of the Works in so far as such expenditure shall not have been covered by the
payments in this sub-clause before mentioned.
d) Any additional sum payable under the provisions of sub-clause (I), (2) and (4) of
this Clause.
Provided always that against any payments due from the Employer under this sub-
clause, the Employer shall be entitled to be credited with any outstanding balances due
from the contractor for advances in respect of Constructional Plant and materials and
any other sums which at the date of termination were recoverable by the Employer from
the Contractor under the terms of the Contract and provided that if the termination be
made in exercise of Clause C-60(1), no payment shall be released under ClauseC-62(8)
(a) to (d).
63.0 FRUSTRATION
Payment in event of Frustration: A war, or other circumstances outside the control or

both parties, arises after the Contract is made so that either party is prevent from
fulfilling his contractual obligations, or under the law governing the Contract, the parties
are released from further performance, then the sum payable by the Employer to the
Contractor in respect of the work executed shall be the same as would have been
payable under Clause 62 hereof if the Contract had been terminated under the
provisions of Clause 62 thereof.
64.0 SETTLEMENT OF DISPUTES
Settlement of Disputes: If any dispute or difference of any kind whatsoever shall

arise between the Employer and the Contractor or the Engineer and the Contractor in
65
connection with, or arising out of the Contract, of the execution of the Works, whether
during the progress of the Works or after their completion and whether before or after
the termination, abandonment or breach of the Contract, it shall be settled in the court
of law having jurisdiction within Nadia District, provided that such a recourse shall not be
resorted to without exhausting all other reasonable avenues of redresser.
65. NOTICES
(1) Contractor's local office and service of notices to contractor: The Contractor shall
have a local office at or near the Site of work, full address thereof shall be
intimated by the Contractor or his authorized Agent to the Employer as well as to
the Engineer. All Certificates notice or written orders to be given by the Employer
or by the Engineer to the Contractor under the terms of the Contract shall
deemed to have been served by sending by post to or delivering the same to the
Contractor's local office.
(2) Service of notice to employer: All Notice to be given to the employer under
the terms of the Contract, shall be served by sending by Registered post or
delivering the same to the address given below:
The Chairman.
P.O: Krishnanagar, Dist: Nadia.
(3) Change in Address of the Employer, the Engineer or the Contractor may change a
nominated address to another address by prior written notice to the other two and in
that event shall resume receiving of communication 28 days after delivery of such
notice.
66.0 PRICE ADJUSTMENT
(1) The prices to be paid to the contractor for the whole work shall remain firm
during the stipulated contract period or extension thereof and no price adjustment shall
be allowed.
(2) The statutory changes in price in the form of Taxes, duties etc. shall however be
taken into account. For this purpose the taxes and duties prevailing on the last date of
submission of the technical bid (or revised price bid, if applicable) shall be taken as the
base. Such taxes and duties for different bought out items shall be specified by the
contractor, falling which the assessment of the Employer shall be final and binding.
Changes in price of Petrol, Diesel Lubricants, and Electricity etc. shall not be considered.
67.0 MISCELLANEOUS
Dangerous materials: Explosive, chemicals, combustible articles and items and similar
materials intended for the Works shall be conveyed, stored and used by the Contractor
and his sub-contractors In accordance with all laws, decrees, instruments, orders and
regulations imposed by the Government or any of its instrumentalists. Observance of all
66
safety provisions shall be the obligation of the Contractor and nothing herein shall
release him from full responsibility for damage or injury to persons or properties
resulting from his use of these dangerous materials.
68.0 CONTRACT CONFIDENTIAL
Except with the prior written approval of the Employer and to subject the such conditions
as may be prescribed, the Contractor and/or any member of his organization shall not in
any case communicate to any person or entity and information connected with the
performance of the Services or in carrying out the Works not make public any
information for the purpose of publication or advertisement. The Contractor shall treat all
matters related to the Contract as private and confidential.
69.0 CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE FACILITIES
The Contractor shall provide such labor, materials and other facilities that the Engineer
or his Representative may require to assist them in carrying out normal tests and checks
on materials and workmanship and in measurement of works.
70.0 INTERFERENCE WITH EXISTING FACILITIES
The Contractor shall carry out the works in such a way as to the minimum extent of
interference to the use of existing facilities of any kind.
71.0 ACTS OF INFLUENCE
Neither the Contractor nor any of his Agents, Representatives, Employees or members of
his organization shall commit any act which may influence the judgment or decision of
the Employer or the Engineer or any their agents, representatives, employees or
members of their respective organization. Any breach of this provision shall constitute a
breach of Contract on the part of the Contractor and apart from penal measures against
the Contractor according to the law the Employer shall have the Authority to take action
for the Contractor‟s default in terms of the provisions of Clause 60 hereof.
72.0 INDIVIDUALS NOT PERSONALLY RESPONSIBLE
No personal liability shall be imposed on the members or the Employer or on the

Engineer or their duly authorized representatives, agents or employees for acts
performed or discharged in the exercise of their authorized duties or responsibilities or in
carrying out their obligations by virtue of the provisions or scope of work contained in
the Contract, if being understood that they are acting solely as agents and
representatives of the Employer in good faith.
73.0 CONTRACT EMBODIES WHOLE ARRANGEMENT
The Contract becomes effective immediately on Issue of the letter of acceptance to the
successful Bidder.
The Contract (with annexures if any) as subsequently executed embodies the whole
arrangement between the parties entering into the Contract All previous correspondence,
67
negotiations, representation, explanations statements, promises or guarantees (whether
oral or written) as are not included with the Contract as executed, shall normally be
excluded in the interpretation of the Contract.
74.0 COMPLETION DRAWING
Completion drawing including detailed construction drawing shall have to be submitted in

original with 6 (six) copies of prints of each. The original drawings shall be drawn on
thick polyester film approved by the Engineer-in-Charge. Scale and size of drawings shall
also be as specified by the Engineer-in-Charge. Soft copy of drawing copied in CD/DVD
should be submitted in addition. No extra payment will be made for it.
The Completion drawings are to be got approved by the Employer and shall have to be
submitted before the issue of certificate of final acceptance as in Clause C-57 (6).
CHAIRMAN
SECTION – D
SPECIAL PROVISIONS
1.0 GENERAL
1.1 Extended scope of the contract
The contract comprises the surveying, planning, designing, drawing supplying materials and equipment, construction,
testing of the plant, Trial Run for 3 months, commissioning of E/M Equipments with continuous operation for 72 hrs and
maintenance for a period of (60) sixty months accept rising main after successful trial run upon completion of the works and
commissioning and except in so for as the contract otherwise provides, the provision of all labour, materials, constructional
plant, temporary works and everything (whether of a temporary or permanent nature) required red in and for such planning,
design, construction, completion and maintenance so far as the necessity for providing the same in specified in or
reasonably to be inferred from the contract.
1.2 Item wise details of the lump sum prices and interim payment schedule
The successful contractor will, against each of the job items quoted in the schedule or prices on lump sum basis, submit a
detailed break up of lump sum prices for the approval of the Chairman for the purpose of preparing interim payment
schedule and calculating the consumption of materials to be issued by the Authority. The break ups will be such as to fairly
agree with the lump sum price quoted. The Chairman, on recommendation of Superintending Engineer of East Circle of
Municipal Engineering Directorate shall have the authority to modify the breakup of prices keeping, however, the total of the
prices fairly equal to the lump sum amount quoted. Lump sum prices quoted in the schedule of prices shall remain fixed
68
irrespective of the variations (i) in Items and quantities during actual execution compared with those provided in the break-
ups.
Such break-ups for Civil Works shall include for each of the unit of the intake jetty pumping station with HT substation, laying
of 700mm dia. pipe lines up to the inlet well of the clear water treatment plant following broad items of works:
i) Piling
ii) Cement Concrete
iii) Reinforcement
iv) Brick Work
v) Structural Steel Work
vi) Doors, Windows, Rolling Shutters, Gates etc.
vii) Roof Treatment
viii) Plumbing and Sanitary Works
ix) Pipe Lines and appurtenant structures
x) Finishing works and other miscellaneous works (to be specified by the Contractor)
Break-ups for Mechanical Equipment shall be into the following broad items:
i) Pumping unit of intake jetty

ii) Electrical actuator control valves, and penstocks
iii) Structural Steel Works if any
iv) Pipes and specials
v) Flow meters & Flow measuring meter
vi) Miscellaneous (to be specified by the Contractor)
vii) laying of rising main 700 mm dia.(supplied by the dept,) with valves and jack pushing
Break-ups for Electrical Equipment shall be into the following broad items:
i) Motors
ii) Cables
iii) Motor control panel with APFC panel
iv) HT Switch gears
vi) Other electrical equipment (to be specified by the contractor)
The above-mentioned details should be submitted by the contractor as early as possible after receipt of the Letter of Intent
in order to enable him to start any sub-items of work and to receive interim payments. Where a component includes civil
mechanical and electrical equipment, the break ups should invariably be submitted.
1.3 Store shed
69
The Contractor shall provide at his own cost a store shed of adequate capacity for storing materials. The shed should be of
such construction that it must protect the materials against deterioration. A raised platform well above the highest flood level
shall be made for stacking cement in such a way that the cement procured earlier can be consumed first so as to avoid
deterioration due to prolonged stacking. If any modifications to the store shed is suggested by the Chairman
recommendation of the Engineer for better storing of materials that should be carried out by the Contractor at his own cost.
1.4. Land for Contractor's Establishment
For the purpose of constructing Contractor's Store yard, go-downs, site office and ancillaries, he may utilize portion of the
land belonging to the Employer at such location as would not interfere to execute other co works. For all these, the
Contractor shall have to obtain the requisite permission of the Engineer. The Contractor shall for this purpose submit to the
Engineer for his approval a plan of the proposed layouts for the site facilities. The Engineer reserves the right to alter and
modify the Contractor‟s proposals as the Chairman may deem fit.
1.5 Water and Electricity for Construction
1.5.1 The Contractor shall have to make his own arrangement for supply of water and for electrical power that may be
required for or in connection with the works. No payment on this account will be entertained. However, Municipality
may assist in getting power.
1.5.2 Arrangement for supply of piped water may not be possible. The Contractor will have to make arrangement for
supply of drinking water and water required for constructions works by sinking tube wells or other suitable
alternatives. The Tenderers shall investigate this matter during site inspection before submission of tenders: No
payment will be entertained on ·this account.
1.5.3 Nevertheless electrical power from usual supply agencies may not be continuously available due to various
reasons including load shedding. In case of non-availability of electrical power the contractor will have to make his
own arrangements for electrical power through generations. Contractor should include such aspects while quote
his rate. No payment will be entertained on this account. When drawing power from the Municipality power point,
the contractor shall have to bear the cost of electrical charges. The route of conveyance shall be subject to
approval by the Engineer-in-Charge and will be in accordance with prevailing I.E. Rules.
1.6 First-Aid Facilities
The Contractor shall arrange for medical attentions to be promptly available when necessary. He shall for this purpose
provide a number of First-Aid stations at suitable locations within easy reach of the workmen and other staff engaged in the
Works. Each First-Aid station shall be properly equipped and will remain in charge of a suitably qualified person. The
Contractor shall also provide for transport of serious cases to the nearest hospital. All these arrangements shall be to the
approval of the Chairman.
1.7 Fire Fighting Arrangement / Fire Extinguishing arrangement
The Contractor shall provide suitable arrangement for firefighting / fire Extinguishing. For this purpose he shall provide
requisite number of Fire Extinguishers and adequate number of buckets, some of which are to be always filled with sand and
some with water. Theseequipment‟s shall be provided at suitable prominent and easily accessible places and shall be
properly maintained.
1.8 Safety Measures
The Contractor shall be responsible for the safety of all workmen and other persons entering or in the works and shall at his
own expense and to the approval of the Chairman, take all measures necessary to ensure their safety.
Such measures shall include the provisions of helmets (Specially where work at a height is involved), provision of gum-boots
to workers engaged in cement concrete or other works, scaffolding or other measures required for working at a height, shall
be strong and rigid and have to be provided with suitable and convenient access. Shoring required for deep excavation must
70
be adequate and rigidly braced and strutted. The Contractor shall provide depending on the exigencies of the location and
nature of work and other relevant factors, other safety measure that the Chairman may direct.
1. 9 Supervisory Staff
The Contractor shall engage an experienced and qualified Site Manager to be in day-to-day charge of the work and he
should be authorized to receive instructions from the Engineer. He shall receive orders given by the Engineer from time to
time and shall act on them promptly. The Contractor shall, during working hours, maintain engineer and supervisors of
sufficient training and experience to supervise the various items and operations of the work. Orders and directions as given
to such engineers and supervisors or other staff of the Contractor shall be deemed to have been given to the Contractor.
The Chief Engineer of the Contractor responsible for this work, by whatever designation he may be known, but who will be
specified on award of the Contract shall at least once in a fortnight inspect the works and shall discuss with the Engineer the
conduct and progress of the work.
1.10 Joint Survey
The Contractor shall satisfy himself regarding the correctness of the layouts, levels etc. as are shown in the drawings or
given in the specifications. Before starting the work he shall also carry out at his own cost, survey of the whole work site
jointly with the representative(s) of the Authority. Discrepancies noticed between drawings and the joint survey shall be
informed in writing to the Chairman and got set right before execution of works. Such deviations as may arise out of the joint
survey shall not viable the provisions of contract or entitle the Contractor to any extras in any way.
1.11 Layout and Checking
The contractor shall provide all labour, skilled and unskilled and all materials needed for carrying out, as directed, survey,
laying out, setting out, checking of works, taking measurements, testing hydraulic and other structures, without any extra
payment.
The Contractor shall also provide approach and access to all the works and stores without any extra cost.
1.12 Reference Points
After the joint survey has been plotted and approved by the Chairman recommendation of the Engineer, permanent base
lines, cross line and bench marks shall be established by the Contractor so as to serve as reference points and
"Dimensional Control Basis" of works. He shall prepare and submit a plan showing such reference points with their full
description.
1.13 Co-operation with other Contractors
Some works in plant site, have been already done/are being done/will be done through other contractors. In the event of any
such work the contractor shall have to work in full co-operation and in close co-ordination with other contractor/contractors.
Any difficulty that may arise in this connection will have to be amicably settled by the contractors amongst themselves. If that
be not possible, the matter shall be referred to the Chairman whose decision shall be final and binding on all the parties.
However, the site allocated to the contractor may be fenced at the Contractor's cost provided any necessary access to
others as it required is given. The contractor will be permitted to use only the access to the site as indicated on the site plan
of Tender Drawing.
1.14 Approval of Materials and Equipment to be used
Samples in large enough quantity of materials and descriptive data therefore requiring prior approval shall be furnished by
the contractor to the Chairman in good time before the collection of such materials and equipment so as to permit inspection
and testing. The samples shall be properly marked to show the name of the materials, name of the manufacturer and place
of origin and item for which it is to be used. Only upon approval, the materials of approved quality shall be brought to site.
Samples approved shall be on exhibition at all times, properly stores and prevented from deterioration for the purpose of
comparison with the materials brought to site of work from time to time for use in work.
1.15 Testing & Testing Equipment
71
1.15.1 Testing of materials to be used in the permanent work or of the quality of finished items, shall have to be done from
approved laboratory at the expense of the contractor.
The contractor shall afford at his own cost necessary facilities in providing the requisite materials and other assistance that
may be required by the Engineer including transport of the test specimens to the laboratory referred to above,
1.15.2 The Contractor shall provide at his own cost necessary equipment for such testing which by the nature of work may
have to be done at site or for taking samples for testing in laboratories. These include sufficient number of slump cones,
standard 150 mm metal cube moulds, sets of I.S sieves, weighing balances, graduated measuring cylinders, complete set of
equipment for in-site density test, thermometers and any other miscellaneous equipment that may be required by the
Engineer or his Representative. The Contractor shall also provide necessary arrangement for curing of concrete cube
specimens as instructed by the Engineer.
1.16 Construction Records
The Contractor shall keep and supply to the Engineer the up-to-date records of the dimensions and positions of all
permanent works (showing therein any approved deviation between the drawing and the work as actually executed), The
information available from the records must be adequate and complete to enable preparation of "as-made" drawing by the
Contractor from these records,
1.17 Progress Photographs
The Contractor shall at his own cost and expense arrange to take periodic photographs to show the progress of work or
interesting features thereof. The time and the position where from a photograph is to be taken should be as per direction of
the Engineer or his Representative, Three copies of each of these photographs to an enlarged size of about 25 cm x 20 cm
together with the CD/DVD, shall be supplied to the Chairman and these shall become the property of the Employer. Each
photograph shall be suitably captioned with the date of the photograph, location and other relevant particulars, further prints
and CD of the photograph, location and other relevant particulars shall not be kept by the Contractor or reproduced without
written permission of the Employer. Digital Camera with 10.0 Mega pixels should be used for taking photos.
Restrictions to photography or security restrictions that may be applicable to any particular area must be carefully and rigidly
observed.
The number of photographs (each consisting of three prints and the CD/DVD as aforesaid) for the complete works is not
expected to exceed 100 (one hundred), No photograph of the plant and other installations shall be taken without prior
approval of the concerned officers
1.18 Satisfactory completion of various items
The sub-works included in the Schedule of Prices are job works on lump sum basis. The various items of the sub-work are
to fit in perfectly in the whole plant in every respect so as to form effective working parts of the whole plant as per
satisfaction of the Chairman. Each sub-work will be considered as complete when it is completed as per specifications and
put into commission, as per standards, as a successful component part of the whole plant.
1.19 Checking Quality of Work
Should the Engineer consider it necessary to satisfy himself as to the quality of the work, the Contractor shall, at any time
during continuance of the contract, offer sample of work done or if necessary pull down a reasonable part of the work
enough for such inspection and testing as the Engineer may direct and the Contractor shall make good the same at his cost
and to the satisfaction of the Engineer without any extra cost.
1.20 Recording Measurements
Though the offer is on lump sum basis, the Contractor shall give not less than five days notice, in writing to the Engineer,
about the work which is proposed to be covered or placed beyond the reach of measurements so that measurements may
be taken before the work is covered, bar bending schedule is to be provided five days before the casting date. If any work is
72
covered without such written notice, the same shall be uncovered at the cost of the Contractor and in default hereof no
payment or allowances shall be made for such work. These requirements apply for all the component items executed for the
sub-work for which lump sum price is quoted
1.21 Reports and Returns
The Contractor shall maintain at Site daily records of progress with regard to the works carried out, labour engaged and
construction equipment deployed. These will form the basis of preparing periodic reports and returns as may be required by
the Engineer and in the manner as directed by him.
These daily records shall be made accessible to the Chairman& Engineer or his Representative as and when desired by
him.
1.22 Site order Books
1.22.1 For the purpose of quick communication between the Engineer or his Representative and the Contractor or his Agent
or Representative, Site Books shall be maintained at site in the manner described below. Any communication relating to the
works may be conveyed through records in the Site Books. Such a communication from one party to the other shall be
deemed to have been adequately served specified elsewhere in the General Conditions of Contract. Each Site Book shall
have machine-numbered pages in triplicate and shall be carefully maintained and preserved.
1.22.2 The Contractor shall keep Site Books at various places Site work is being carried out so as to be readily available to
the Engineer or his Representative. Any instruction or order which the Engineer or his Representative may like to issue to
the Contractor may be recorded by him in the Site Book and two copies thereof taken by him for his record. The Contractor
or his Agent or Representative may similarly maintain separate Site Book for any communication he may like to send to the
Engineer or his Representative. Two copies thereof when sent to the Engineer's Representative and receipt obtained
thereof, will constitute adequate service of the communication to the Engineer.
2.0 MATERIAL
2.1 The Contractor is liable to procure materials like Cement and Steel of required specifications from his own for
smooth progress of the work under terms and conditions stipulated hereinafter.
Procurement of cement and steel materials require prior permission from appropriate authorities (Superintending Engineer,
Municipal Engineering Directorate) for approval of Brand & quality of materials to be procured by the Contractor.
2.2 However, if, in the interest of the Works, any material be issued to the Contractor, the provisions of Clause 2 shall
apply mutates mutants and the issue rate thereof shall be as fixed by Chairman.
2.3 Cement
The Cement shall be Ordinary Portland Cement of strength not less than 53 MPa (53 Grade) complying with IS: 12269;
1987.
2.4 Steel
Steel bars for use in reinforcement shall be cold twisted bars complying with IS: 1786; 1985 (Reaffirmed 1990)
specifications.
3. TECHNICAL ASSISTANCE
Training of Technical Personnel
The Contractor shall undertake to train one technical personnel selected and sent by the ULB to the works of the Contractor.
These engineers shall be given special training in the shop and drawing office where the equipment will be designed and
manufactured and where possible in any other plant where Contractor's manufactured equipment of similar type is under
installation tests or maintenance, to enable them to become fully familiar with the equipment being supplied by the
73
Contractor. The period of training shall be as decided by the ULB but in any case shall not exceed six months for any
individual. During the period of training the Contractor shall arrange for reasonable accommodation of the engineers and
transport from the place of accommodation to the works or plant.
The Contractor's supervisory personnel at site shall continuously and intensively instruct and train an adequate number of
the ULB authority operating and maintenance personnel at site during erection and commissioning of the plant to enable
them to take over the operation and maintenance of the plant after the maintenance period.
No extra payment shall be made by ULB for the training of personnel under this clause.
4. TERMS OF PAYMENT
As per Clause 57 of section C
5. NO INTEREST ON DUES
No interest will be payable by the Employer on the amount due to Contractor pending final settlement.
6. DISPOSAL OF THE EXCAVATED MATERIALS
All materials obtained from any excavation required to be carried out under this contract will be the property of the ULB and
the Contractor shall not have any claim on it. It will not be used for any purpose other than refilling the excavations as
needed or levelling the compound or in construction of any embankment or in any manner as directed by the Engineer. After
completion of work or earlier if so directed by the Employer the surplus excavated materials shall be disposed off by the
contractor to any distance without any extra cost, but only after being so directed by the Employer.
7. POSSESSION PRICE TO COMPLETION
The Authority shall have the right to take possession for use of any completed or partly completed part of the work. Such
possession or use shall not be deemed to be an acceptance of any work not completed in accordance with the agreement.
8. TENDER TO STRICTLY COMPLY WITH SPECIFIED CONDITIONS AND ALL OTHER SPECIFICATIONS
It should be clearly noted that the Bidders have to strictly comply with the specifications and other terms and conditions laid
down in this document and no variations are permissible. This is necessary for the purposes of comparison of tenders
received.
The Contractor shall stand guarantee for producing potable water as per the standards laid down in the tender and for the
works carried out under this Contract.
74
CHAIRMAN
SECTION – E
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS OF WORKMANSHIP AND
MATERIALS FOR CIVIL WORK
1.0 GENERAL
1.1 General Materials
1.1.1 All materials used in the permanent works shall be of the best quality of the kind
and to the approval of the Engineer-in-Charge. Any material not covered by these
Specifications, shall comply with the relevant latest Indian Standard
Specifications (Referred to as IS as revised or modified up-to the date one month
prior to Tender date). British or American Standard Specifications shall be
referred to in case any particular specification is not available in any of the
aforesaid Specifications. For materials not specified in the aforesaid, direction of
the Engineer-in-Charge shall be followed. All disputes shall be referred to the
Employer, whose decision shall be final and binds.
1.1.2 Samples of materials to be supplied and used, by the Contractor in the works
shall be to the prior approval of the Engineer-in-Charge. For this purpose the
Contractor shall furnish in advance representative samples in quantities and in
the manner as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge for his approval. Materials
brought to the Site, which in the option of the Engineer-in-Charge do not conform
to the approved sample and if so directed by him shall be removed by the
Contractor from the Site and replaced by the materials of approved quality.
1.1.3 In spite of approval of the Engineer-in-Charge of any materials brought to the

site, he may subsequently reject the same if in his opinion the materials has since
deteriorated due to long or defective storage or for any reason whatsoever and is
thereby considered unfit for use in the permanent works. Any material thus
rejected shall be immediately removed from the Site at Contractor's cost and
expense.
1.1.4 All materials brought to the Site shall be properly stored and guarded in the
manner as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge and to his satisfaction.
1.1.5 The Engineer on written request of Chairman may carry out test of materials as
he may decide. The Contractor shall, at his cost and expenses, for this purpose
75
supply requisite materials and render such assistance to the Engineer-in-Charge
as he may require.
1.2 Workmanship
All works are to be carried out in proper workman like manner. Items of works not
covered by these Specifications or by other tender documents shall be carried out as per
best practice according to the direction of the Engineer-in-Charge and to his satisfaction.
The relevant IS Specifications or in case of necessity British or American Standard
Specifications shall be taken as guide for the purpose.
1.3 Works Included
The rates for all items, unless specifically stated otherwise in the Contract, must cover
the cost of all materials, labour, tools, machinery, plant, pumps, explosives, scaffolding,
staging strong props, bamboos, ropes, templates, pages and all appliances and
operations whatsoever necessary for efficient execution of work.
1.4 Ground Conditions
The Contractor is to visit the site and ascertain local conditions, traffic restrictions and
obstructions in the area and allow for extra expenses likely to be incurred due to any
limitations whatsoever.
1.5 Setting Out and Levelling
The Contractor is to set and level the works, and will be responsible for the accuracy for
the same. He is to provide all instruments and proper qualified staff required for
checking the Contractor's work.
1.6 Safety
The Contractor shall take adequate precaution to provide complete safety for prevention
of accidents on the site.
1.7 Keeping Works Free from Water
The Contractor shall provide and maintain at his own cost, electrically or other power
driven pumps and other plant and equipment to keep site excavated foundation pits and
trenches free from surface as well as subsoil/leakage water from any other source
thereof and continue to do so to the complete satisfaction of the Engineer-in-Charge till
the site is handed over. Method of dewatering shall need approval of the Engineer-in-
Charge but no payment whatsoever is allowed on this count.
1.8 Rubbish
1.8.1 The Contractor shall clear all rubbish, vegetation, roots, soda etc., and dump
them in the area indicated to the satisfaction of Engineer-in-Charge. No separate
rate shall be allowed for the above work.
76
1.8.2 After the work is completed, the Contractor shall clear the area surrounding the
buildings, all hutments and excess stores and remnants of building materials such
brick bats, metal, sand, timber, steel etc.
1.9 Bench Marks and Ground water Gauges
The Contractor shall protect surveyor's benchmarks and ground water gauges, zero line
marks and base line marks and base line marks from damage of movement during work.
1.10 Inspection
The Contractor shall inspect the Site of works and ascertain site condition and the nature
of soil to be excavated.
1.11 Contractor's Staff
The Contractor must provide at all times efficient staff of trustworthy, skilful and
experienced assistance capable of carrying out the work in accordance with the drawings
and specification and to correct levels. The cost this establishment should be included in
his rates.
1.12 Method of Measurement
Unless otherwise specified, the method of measurement for building works shall be as
per IS: 1200.
1.13 Specifications Referred to
1.13.1 The specification contained herein are not exhaustive and for such items of
works which may arise and which are not covered by this specifications,
the provisions in the relevant Indian Standard (Latest Edition) shall apply.
1.13.2 A list of some Indian Standards is given herein.
1.13.3 Wherever reference to the Indian Standard mentioned below or otherwise

appears in the specification, it shall be taken as reference to the latest
version of the Standard.
IS Code No Description
IS: 1200 Method of measurement of building and Civil Engineering works.
IS: 1542 Sand for plaster.
IS: 383 Aggregates-Coarse and fine, from natural source for Concrete.
IS: 515 Aggregates for use in Mass Concrete, natural and manufactured.
IS: 456 Code of Practice for Plain and Reinforced Concrete for General Building
construction.
IS: 3370 Code of Practice for Concrete Structures for the Storage of Liquids.
77
IS: 12269 Specification for 53 Grade Ordinary Portland cement.
IS: 1786 Specification for High Strength Deformed bars& wires for concrete
reinforcement.
IS: 1077 Common Burnt Clay Building Bricks.
IS: 1235 Flooring Tiles, Cement Concrete, Floor Finish
IS: 1443 Cement Concrete, Flooring Tiles, Laying and finishing.
IS: 1661 Cement and Cement Lime Pointing Plaster finishes on walls and Ceilings.
IS: 226 Structural Steel (Revised) Iron Work
IS: 800 Code of Practice for use of Structural Steel in General Building
Construction.
IS: 1199 Workability of Concrete
IS: 1893 Earth quake code
2.0 EARTH WORK IN EXCAVATION & FILLINGS
2.1 General
Applicable provisions of Conditions of contract shall govern work under this section.
2.2 Excavation for Foundation, Trenches, Pit etc.
The excavation work shall be carried out in all kinds of Soil including Sand in workman
link manner without endangering the safety of the nearby Structures or works without
causing any hindrance to other activities in the area. The existence of old buildings,
boundary walls, hutment, sewer lines, water lines, if any very close to the area of
excavation should be given careful consideration while designing carrying out the
excavation work. The excavation shall be done in such method as would technically be
appropriate and befitting the site conditions subject to the approval of the Engineer-in-
Charge. All foundation trenches shall be excavated to the full width and depths shown on
the approved drawing or to such ordered to the Contractor.
The Contractor shall not undertake any earthwork without having obtained prior approval
from the Engineer-in-Charge to the methods he proposes to employ in order to execute
the work in the most efficient manner. He shall not modify such methods without the
approval of the Engineer-in-Charge. This approval, however, shall not in any way make
the Engineer-in-Charge responsible for any consequent loss or damage.
2.2.2 Should any excavation be taken down the specified levels, the Contractor shall fill
in such excavation at his own cost with concrete as specified for foundations, well
rammed in position until it is brought up to the specified level.
2.2.3 The Contractor shall notify when the excavation is completed and no concrete or
masonry shall be laid until the soil for each individual footing, rafts etc. is
approved.
78
2.2.4 The Contractor shall keep the site clear of water at all times. To this end he shall
provide arrangements for bailing and pumping or any special arrangements as
required within his quoted prices.
2.2.5 All foundation pits shall be refilled to the finished ground level (formation level)
with approved materials, which shall be suitably consolidated in layers to the
satisfaction of the Engineer-in-Charge.
2.2.6 Nothing extra will be paid for bailing out water collecting in excavation due to
rains, ordinary springs, leakage from any other sources etc., or any other reason.
2.2.7 For the work of excavation the Bidder shall include in his quotation the shoring,
sheeting, bracing and sheet pilling (if required). The quotation shall also include
the cost of compaction of foundation sub-base, removal and storage of excavated
materials and back filling.
2.3 Shoring
Timber shoring whenever required shall be closed boarded with minimum 50mm thick
good and seasoned timber planks of sufficient length driven side-by-side to the required
depth. The gaps between adjacent timber planks shall such would not allow any flow of
soi1 particles, if necessary, the sides of the planks shall be planed smooth to ensure this.
Sufficient numbers of bracing struts, walling etc. are to be provided to make the shoring
rigid and non-yielding by earth pressure. Where necessary, sheet pilling shall be done to
ensure safety to the adjoining structures, if it is found that it is not feasible to protect
the structure by timber shoring only. The Bidder is strongly advised to inspect the site
before tendering and apprise himself of the requirement of any Sheet piling in addition
to the timber shoring before submitting his Quotation accordingly.
2.4 Back Filling
The space around the foundations in trenches or sites shall be cleared of all trash and
loose debris and filled with approved excavated earth, all clods being broken up to the
finished G.I. Filling shall be done in 200mm layers, each layer to be property moistened
and well ranm1ed. Any Excavated materials which is surplus or which is consolidated
unsuitable for back filling is to be disposed of in spoil dumps as directed by the Engineer-
in-Charge. No extra payment will be made for this.
3.0 CONCRETE
3.1 General
3.1.1 Applicable provisions of Conditions of Concrete shall govern work under this
section.
3.1.2 All concrete work, plain or reinforced shall be carried out strictly in accordance
with this specification and any working drawing or instructions given from time to
time to the Contractor.
3.1.3 The Contractor's states shall allow for wastages in all materials as well as for all
tests of materials and concrete.
79
3.1.4 No concrete shall be cast in the absence of the Engineer-in-Charge or any other
person duly authorized by him. The Contractor's Engineer shall personally check
that both the form work and reinforcement have been correctly placed and fixed,
and shall satisfy himself that all work preparatory to the casting is completely
ready, before informing the Engineer-in-Charge for final inspection and approval
and for which purpose at least 24 hours‟ notice shall be given by the Contractor.
3.1.5 The Indian Standards wherever referred to herein shall be the latest addition of
such standards.
3.2 Cement
Cement shall conform to IS: 12269-1987/IS: 455-1989/IS: 1489-1991 pt-I&II. Selection

of Cement will be the sole discretion of E.I.C. Cement tests shall have to be carried out
at Contractor's expense as and when directed. Cement, which has or practically set, shall
not be used under any circumstances. The important structures should be constructed
with the grade of cement not below 53 (Grade-53).
3.3 Aggregates
The fine and coarse aggregates shall conform to all provisions and test methods of IS:
383 and/or IS: 5l5. Samples of aggregates, proposed to be used in the work shall be
submitted free of charge in sufficient quantities to the Engineer-in-Charge with sieve
analysis and other physical and chemical analysis data for his approval. He will preserve
approved samples for future reference. This approval will not in any way relieve the
Contractor of his responsibility of producing of specified qualities.
3.3.1 Coarse Aggregates
Coarse aggregates for use all reinforced and other plain cement concrete works shall be
crushed black granite trap stone obtained from approved source and shall consist of
uncoated, hard, strong dense and durable pieces of crushed stone, and be free from
undesirable matters, viz. Disintegrated stones soft, friable, thin, elongated or laminated
pieces, dirt, salt, alkali, vegetable matter or other deleterious substances. The
aggregates shall be thoroughly washed with water and cleaned before use to the
satisfaction of the Engineer-in-Charge at no extra cost of the Employer.
The maximum size of coarse aggregates shall be as follows unless specified otherwise
elsewhere.
Reinforced Concrete : 20 mm
Plain Concrete : 20 mm
Thin R. C. C. Members With very
Narrow space : 12/15 mm.
Mat/Lean Concrete : 20/40 mm.
(The actual size to be agreed by the Engineer-in-Charge)
80
Grading of coarse aggregates for a particular size shall generally conform to relevant I.S
Codes and shall be such as to produce a dense concrete of the specified proportions and
or strength and consistency that will work readily in position without segregation.
3.3.2 Fine Aggregates
Sand shall be clear River sand brought from approved source and consist of siliceous
material, having hard, strong, durable uncoated particles, free from undesirable matters
viz. dust lumps, soft or flaky particles or other deleterious substances. The amount of
undesirable shall not exceed the percentage limits by weights as specified in relevant IS
Codes. Washing of aggregates by approved means shall be carried out, if desired by the
Engineer-in-Charge, at no extra cost to the Employer.
Coarse and fine sand shall be well graded within the limits by weight as specified in
relevant IS Code. Fineness Modulus shall not vary by more than plus or minus 0.20 from
that of the approved sample. Fineness Modulus for sand should not be less than 2.5.
3.4 Reinforcement
3.4.1 The Contractor shall prepare and furnish to the Engineer-in-Charge, Bar Bending
Schedules in considerations of the approved drawings for all R.C. C. works for
review and checking by the Engineer-in-Charge well before taking up the work.
3.4.2 The High Yield Strength Deformed bar (HYSD) shall conform to IS: 1786-1990.
All steel for reinforcement shall be free from loose, oil, grease, paint or other harmful
matters immediately before placing the concrete.
3.4.3 The Reinforcement shall be bent to the shapes shown on the approved drawings
prior to placing and all bars must be bent cold. The Steel shall be placed in such a
way that it is rigidly held in position while concrete is being cast. The correct
clearance from the form shall be maintained by either pre-cast mortar blocks or
by metal supporting chairs to be supplied by the Contractor free of charge.
The intersection of roads crossing one another shall be bound together with soft
pliable with No. 16 to 18 S W G at every intersection so that reinforcement will
not be displaced in the process of depositing concrete. The loops of binding wire
should be tightened by pliers and welding of reinforcement for lapping & binding
should be done if desired by E.I.C. No extra payment will be made for this
purpose.
3.4.4 The work of reinforcement shall also be inclusive of stirrups distribution bars,
binders, initial straightening and removing of loose rust, if necessary, cutting to
requisite length, hooking and bending to correct shape, placing in proper position
including supplying and binding with block annealed wire as stated in clause 3.4.3
above.
3.5 Water
The Water shall be clean and free from Alkali oil or injurious amounts of deleterious
materials. As far as possible, the water is of such quality that it is potable. If any
chemical analysis of water is necessary and ordered, the same shall be carried out at an
approved laboratory at the Contractor‟s cost and expenses.
3.6 Concrete Proportioning
81
3.6.1 The concrete proportions shall be as indicated on the approved drawings and shall
conform to IS: 456 & IS: 3370. The quality and character of concrete shall be
governed by IS: 383. It should be sampled and analyzed as per IS: 1199. The
concrete should stand the test specified in IS: 516.
3.6.2 The minimum cover of main reinforcement shall be as per relevant IS: Codes.
Cover to any reinforcement of R.C.C. piles shall be minimum 65 mm in case in-
situ and 50 mm in case of pre-cast piles. Suitable spacer blocks shall be provided
at intervals not exceeding 1.2 m. throughout the length of the pile.
3.6.3 The workability shall be measured by slump. Slump for different grades of
concrete shall not exceed following unless specifically permitted by the Engineer-
in-Charge.
i) For M 15 concrete - 3.75 cm.
ii) For M 20 concrete - 2.50 cm.
iii) For M 25 concrete – 2.00 cm
3.6.4 All concrete works shall be thoroughly compacted and fully worked around the
reinforcement, around embedded fixtures and into comers of the form work.
The Concrete shall be thoroughly and shall be efficiently vibrated during laying.
The use of mechanical vibrators shall comply with IS: 2608, IS: 2506 and IS:
4656. Whenever vibration has to be applied externally, the design of formwork
and deposition of vibration shall receive special consideration to ensure efficient
compaction and to avoid surface blemishes.
3.6.5 Test for Water Tightness of Structures / Pipes
For liquid retaining structures including inlet chambers etc. shall be deemed to be
satisfactory water tight as per relevant clause of IS: 3370. The Contractor at his own
expenses, if necessary, shall undertake approved corrective measures.
As regards the pipelines, the tests shall be performed for the Hydrostatic Pressure of 10
Kg./Sq. cm in case of S.W.M., D.I. Pipes and 2 Kg./Sq. cm. for P. S. C. respectively. The
tests shall be carried out as per relevant IS Codes and pipes shall be considered
satisfactory if the tests results satisfy the requirements of the relevant clauses of the
Codes. The Contractor shall give all these Hydraulic Tests by making his own
arrangements for water supply and filling and disposing the water after the tests. The
Contractor shall rectify the defects noticed and carry out the tests again and repeat the
testing operation till successful result is obtained and accepted by the Engineer. The
rates Quoted for the work shall be considered as inclusive of cost of all Labour, materials
and equipment required to give successful tests for Water tightness.
3.7 Workmanship
3.7.1 All Concreting work shall be carried out according to the IS: 456, IS: 3370, and
other related codes. It should, however, be noted that for every 15 M3 of
concrete placed or for every one day's volume of concrete whichever is lower, a
minimum of 3 (three) Cubes shall be kept for test purpose, and tested at the
Contractor's cost and expenses at a Laboratory as approved by the Authority. The
82
number of test cubes may, however, be altered at discretion of the Engineer-in-
Charge. It is compulsory to test 3 (three) cubes in each case.
3.7.2 Structural Concrete
Design mix Concrete shall be on all concrete works except in case of Mud-mat concrete
lean concrete where nominal mix concrete will be allowed.
Design mix Concrete will be used in Reinforced Concrete Structures shall be in Grade of
M20, for works other than water training structure & water retaining structure Grade of
concrete as per latest amendment of IS:3370.
The mix shall be designed to produce the grade of concrete having required workability
and a Characteristic Strength not less than appropriate values given in IS: 456 - 2000.
For mix design, procedure given in Indian Standard recommendation or any other
standard procedure shall be adopted. As long as the quality of materials does not change
a mix design done earlier may be considered adequate for later work. Batching mixing,
sampling and Strength Test of concrete shall be carried out in compliance with the
relevant clause of IS: 456-2000 and all other relevant Indian Standards recommended
therein.
The mix design by the Contractor shall be used for works only after obtaining written
approval of the Engineer-in-Charge. Mix design shall be entirely the responsibility of the
Contractor and any approval by the Engineer-in-Charge shall not relieve him of his
responsibility in respect thereof.
The Contractor shall prepare all the Calculations. Tabulations, Graphs etc. pertaining to
Mix Design Test result and supply copies of such Calculations, tabulations, Graphs etc.
required by the Engineer-in-Charge.
On proportioning concrete, the quantity of both cement and aggregate shall be

determined by weight, where the weight of cement is determined on the basis of weight
per bag a reasonable number of bags be weighed periodically to check the net weight or
should be either weighed or measured by volume in calibrated tanks, All measuring
equipments shall be maintained in a clean serviceable condition and shall periodically
checked for accuracy.
The grading of coarse and fine aggregates shall be checked frequently and frequency of
testing shall be determined by the Engineer-in-Charge. Where weight batching is not
possible or practicable, the quantities of coarse and fine aggregates may be determined
by volume but cement in any case shall be weighed by weight only. If fine aggregate and
volume batching is adopted, allowance shall be made for bulking. The bulking shall be
determined in accordance with IS: 2386 (Part-III).
The Water-Cement Ratio shall be maintained to its correct value. Surface moisture
content of aggregate shall be determined as per IS: 2386 (Part-III) and the amount of
water to be added shall be adjusted accordingly to maintain the correct Water-cement
ratio.
During the progress of work in order to ensure correct strength of concrete proper
control should be exercised by the Contractor as specified in Specifications mentioned in
the Clause 3.7.1 above. Test strength of every sample shall be determined in accordance
with the recommendations of IS: 456-2000. If one out of ten consecutive test cubes
83
shows a deficiency in strength up-to a maximum limit of 10%, the concrete will be
deemed satisfactory. If two of the test cubes out of ten shows a deficiency in strength up
to a limit of 10%, the concrete shall be deemed to be less satisfactory and a reduction of
1 % will be made on the cost of such concrete. If three out of ten test cubes show
deficiency in strength up to a limit of 10%, a reduction of 5% will be made on the cost of
such concrete. If more than three test cubes show a deficiency in strength up-to a limit
of 10% a reduction of 10% will be made on the cost of such concrete. If more than five
show a deficiency in strength up-to a limit of 10%, the concrete shall be rejected. Such
rejected concrete work shall have to be dismantled and replaced to the satisfaction of
the Engineer-in-Charge by the Contractor free of cost to the Employer. No payment for
the dismantled concrete, the relevant formwork and reinforcement, embedded fixtures
etc. wasted in the dismantled portion, shall be made. In the course of dismantling, if
any, damage is done to the embedded items or adjacent structures, the same shall also
be made good free of charge by the Contractor to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-
Charge.
If the deficiency in strength of one-test cubes exceeds the 10% limit, a reduction of 5%)
will be made on the cost of such concrete. if the deficiency in strength to two out of ten
test cubes exceeds the 10% limit, a reduction of 10% will be made on the cost of such
concrete. If the deficiency in strength of three out of ten test cubes exceeds the 10%
limit, a deduction of 20% on the cost of such concrete will be made.
With permission of the Engineer-in-Charge for any above mentioned grades of concrete,
if the quantity of water has to be increased in special cases, cement shall also be
increased proportionally to keep the ratio of water to cement same as adopted in trial
mix design for each grade of concrete. No extra payment for additional cement will be
made.
3.8 Pre-cast Concrete
Pre-cast Concrete items shall conform to relevant IS Specifications. Pre-cast items shall
be suitably marked with the date of casting identification marks and shall show the right
way up as may be required. The arrangements to be made by the Contractor for Site
manufacture and handling of pre-cast items shall be done to the approval of the
Engineer-In-Charge. Each pre-cast unit shall be cast in one operation and no
construction joints shall be permitted. No damaged or defective units shall be built into
the works and units shall be so stored that they are not over' stressed.
Pre-cast units shall be provided in places as shown in the approved drawings. The pre-
cast units shall be cast at site strictly following the Specifications of Pre-cast Concrete
work. Proper care shall be taken to ensure that the units are obtained from the moulds
without any damage. Before erecting in position the units shall be cured adequately by
keeping units immersed in water.
3.9 Form Work
3.9.1 The Form Work shall conform to IS: 456. Whenever necessary, shuttering must
be provided.
The work shall also include providing all necessary staging, centring, formwork
and moulds for placing concrete. Shuttering may be of approved dressed timber
true to line, not less than 37 mm. thick. Surface to be in contact with concrete
are to be planed smooth. Alternatively, sufficiently rigid plywood shuttering or
steel shuttering may be used. In every case, joints of the shuttering are to be
84
such as to prevent the loss of liquid from the concrete. In timber shuttering the
joints shall, therefore, be either tongued or grooved or the joints must be
perfectly close and lined with draft paper polythene films or other types of
approved materials. In case of plywood or steel shuttering also the joints are to
be similarly lined. All shuttering and framing must be adequately stayed and
braced to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-Charge for properly supporting the
concrete, during concreting and the period of hardening. It shall be so
constructed that it may be removed without shock or vibration to the concrete.
No through bolts are allowed for holding the shuttering in water retaining
structure.
3.9.2 Cleaning, Treatment and Removal of Forms
All forms shall be thoroughly cleaned of old concrete, wood shavings, saw dust, dirt and
dust sticking to them before they are fixed in position. All rubbish loose concrete
chippings, shavings, saw dust etc. shall be scrupulously removed from the interior of the
forms before the concrete is poured. Formwork shall not be used/reused, if declared unit
or unserviceable by the Engineer-in-Charge.
If directed by the Engineer-in-Charge, compressed air jet/or water jet shall be kept
handy along with wire brushes, brooms etc. for the purpose of cleaning.
Before shuttering is placed in position, the form surface in contact with the concrete shall
be treated with approved non-staining oil or composition. Care shall be taken that the oil
or composition does not come in contact with reinforcing steel or existing concrete
surface. They shall not be allowed to accumulate at the bottom of the shuttering.
Forms shall be struck in accordance with the relevant clause of IS: 456 or as directed by
the Engineer-in-Charge. The Contractor shall record on the drawings or in other
approved manner, the date in which the concrete is placed in each part of the work and
the date on which the form work is removed there from and have this recorded checked
and countersigned by the Engineer-in-Charge.
The Contractor shall be responsible for the safe removal of the formwork, but the
Engineer-in-Charge may delay the time of removal if he considers it necessary. Any work
showing signs of damage through premature removal of formwork or loading shall be
entirely reconstructed without any extra cost to the Employer.
3.10 Protection and Curing of Concrete
Newly placed concrete shall be protected by approved means; from rain, sun and wind
and extreme temperature. Concrete placed below the ground level shall be protected
from failing earth during and after placing. Concrete placed in ground containing
deleterious substance shall be kept free from contact with such ground or, with water
draining from such ground during placing of concrete and for a period of at least 3
(three) days or as otherwise directed by the Engineer-in-Charge, the ground water
around newly poured concrete shall be kept to an approved level by pumping or other
approved means of drainage at the cost of the Contractor. Adequate steps shall be taken
to prevent flotation or flooding. Steps, as approved by the Engineer-in-Charge, shall be
taken to project immature concrete from damage by debris, excessive loading, vibration,
abrasion, mixing with earth or other deleterious materials, etc. that may impair the
strength and durability of the concrete.
85
As soon as the concrete has hardened sufficiently for the surface to be marked it should
be covered with Hessian, canvas, or similar materials and kept continuously wet for at
least 7 (seven) days after final setting. This period may be extended at the discretion of
the Engineer-in-Charge, up-to 14 (fourteen) days. Concrete slabs and floors shall be
cured by flooding with water of minimum 25 mm depth for the period mentioned above.
Approved curing compounds may be used in lieu of moist curing with the permission of
the Engineer-in-Charge. Such compound shall be applied to all exposed surface of the
concrete as soon as possible after the concrete has set. No extra payment is allowed on
such count.
3.11 Concrete Finish
The Concrete surface on removal of form work shall be such that no finish is necessary,
If, however, the surfaces is not satisfactory the Contractor shall, if so instructed, remove
unwanted, projecting parts by chipping and smoothening the surface with cement
rendering at his own expenses. The shutter marks shall invariably be removed by
rubbing with carborandum stone. The Contractor shall therefore take all precaution for
avoiding the shutter marks.
3.12 Construction Joints
These shall be in according with IS: 337 or as directed.
3.13 Expansion Joints
Expansion joints shall be provided at position as directed and the spacing shall not
exceed the limits specified in IS: 456. These shall comply strictly with the details shown
on approved construction drawings. Reinforcement shall not extend across any
expansion Joint and the break between the two sections must be complete.
3.14 Details of typical expansion joints and construction joints should comply with the
suggestive arrangements shown in IS: 3370 (Part-I), Clause 8.1 (a)(2), Figure 2 (for
expansion Joints) and Clause 8.1(a) Figure 1, Clause 8.1 (b) Figure 4 (for construction
joints).
3.15 PVC Water Stops
The materials shall be durable and tough and as per approval of the Engineer-m-Charge.
The minimum thickness of PYC sealing strips shall be 6 mm. and the minimum width
225-mm actual shape and size shall be as per drawings. The materials should be of good
quality polyvinyl chloride highly resistant to learning abrasion and corrosion as well as to
chemicals likely to come in contact with during use. The physical properties will generally
be as follows:
Specific Gravity 1.3 to 1.35
Shore Hardness 60 A to 80 A
Tensile Strength 100 to 150 Kg./Cm2
Minimum Safe Continuous Temperature 750C
Ultimate Elongation Not less than 275%

86
Water Absorption Not more than 5% by weight in a 7
day test.
3.16 Rubber Water Stops
The materials must be very durable and tough and as per approval of the Engineer-in-
Charge. The ribs shall be sufficient to ensure proper bonding with concrete. The width
shall be minimum 225 mm and thickness minimum 6 mm. The rubber water stop must
be used in long lengths to avoid splicing as far as practicable. Ends shall have at least
200 Cu M overlaps and vo1canised. The materials shall be natural rubber and be
resistant to corrosion tear and also to attacks from acid, alkalis and chemicals normally
encountered in service. The physical properties will generally be as follows
Specific Gravity 1.1 to 1.15
Shore hardness 65 A to 75 A
Tensile Strength 250 to 300 Kg/ Cm2
Maximum safe continuous temperature 750C
Ultimate elongation Not less than 350%
Water Absorption Not more than 350% by weight in a
7 day test
3.17 Contractor's Supervision
The Contractor shall provide constant and strict supervision of all the items of
construction during progress of work, including the proportioning and mixing of the
concrete and bending and placing of reinforcement. Before any important operation,
such as concreting or stripping of form work adequate notice shall be given.
The cement and sand shall be thoroughly mixed dry in specified proportions. Water shall
then be added just sufficient to make a stiff and workable paste. The mortar shall be
used within half an hour of mixing.
4.1 The Contractor shall build all brickwork uniformly no one portion being raised
more than 1 meter above another at a time. The joints shall not exceed 12 mm. in
thickness and should extend the full thickness of the brickwork. All joints shall be
properly raked and the surface washed down.
4.2 All the bricks shall be kept fully immersed in water at least for a minimum period
of six hours till they are completely soaked and only thoroughly soaked bricks shall be
used in the work.
4.3 The Contractor shall keep wet all brickwork for at least 10 (ten) days after laying.
The surface of unfinished work shall be cleaned and thoroughly wetted before joining
new work to it.
5.0 PLASTERING, PAINTING AND SURFACE TREATMENT
5.1 Cement Plaster
87
5.1.1 The plastering work shall be governed by IS: 1661. Unless otherwise specified
cement plaster shall be composed of 1 part of cement and 6 parts of sand. For
ceiling plaster, the composition shall be 1 part of cement and 4 parts of sand. The
thickness of ceiling plaster shall be 6 mm. The thickness of plaster to the fair
faces of brickwork shall be 19 mm. The thickness mentioned shall be minimum
thickness. The Contractor shall allow in his rate for any rubbing out due to
inequalities of brickwork.
5.1.2 The rate shall also include for forming of any moulding drip course etc., and for
extra thickness due to corbelling of brick work in parapet or at any other place, If
required, all internal angles shall be rounded off as per drawing or as directed by
the Engineer-in-Charge without any extra charges.
5.1.3 Cement and sand shall be measured and mixed dry thoroughly to a uniform
colour on a platform specially constructed for the purpose. Care should be taken
to see that no foreign matters get mixed with the mixture. Only enough water
shall be mixed to make the mixture workable. The mix shall then be turned over
and again to a uniform colour and texture number more cement mortar shall be
mixed at a time than cannot be used within thirty (30) minutes of mixing.
5.1.4 Surface to be plastered are to be brushed clean, wetted for 24 hours before the
plaster is put in and the joints of the brick work raked out 12 mm. deep
minimum. The concrete faces to be plastered shall be chipped, roughened and
soaked with water for achieving required bond with the plaster without any extra
cost.
5.1.5 The surface of the plaster shall be finished absolutely in one plane. The Contractor
shall rub down any unevenness with carborandum stones at his cost and expenses. Care
shall be taken to see that no mark remains at the junction of plastering done at different
times. If necessary, the junctions shall be rubbed with carborandum stones to eliminate
such undesirable marks. The Contractor may be required to use normal sprinkling of thin
cement slurry on the surface for satisfactory finishing of the plastering work for which no
extra payment shall be made.
5.1.6 Plaster shall be protected and cured by keeping it thoroughly wet with sprinkling
of water for 10 (ten) days continuously.
5.1.7 The cost of plastering work shall also include the cost of necessary scaffolding,
staging etc. as would be required for the work.
6.0 SURFACE FINISHING
6.1 General
The cost of all the items of work under this section should include the cost of necessary
scaffolding, staging, preparing sub base, removing stains from the floor, skirting, wood
work, glass etc. caused through execution of the work.
6.2 White Washing
6.2.1 White washing shall be done with 5(five) parts of stone lime and I (one) part of
shell lime with necessary gum (about 2 Kg per M3 of lime) using a small quantity
of blue as per direction of Engineer-in-Charge. The lime shall be brought to the
88
site unslaked and shall be slaked at site with an excess of water and allowed to
remain under water for (two) days. To the mixture fresh water may be added to
bring the consistency to that of a thin cream. When thoroughly mixed, the mix is
to be strained through coarse cloth. The surface of the wall is to be brushed
thoroughly cleaned before the white washing is applied. Each coat of white wash
has to be laid on with brushes. Each coat of WhiteWash means one continuous
strike of brush with the prepared wash from top downwards. Another similar
strike bottom upward over first strike followed by another similar strike from right
to left and another from left to right over the right application of brush before it
dries. Each coat must be perfectly uniform when finished and free from brush
mark etc.
6.2.2 Three coats of white wash will mean a minimum of 3 (three) coats to produce on
opaque white surface to the entire satisfaction of the Engineer-in-Charge. If the
surface is blotchy or otherwise unsatisfactory, number of coats shall be applied till
the desired effect is produced to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-Charge
without any additional cost.
6.2.3 Where specified interior wall shall be finished by acrylic distemper (two coats) over
interior grade acrylic primer as per manufacturer‟s specification.
6.3 Exterior wall Finish
6.3.1 External surface shall be finished with two coats of Protective and decorative
acrylic emulsion paint of approved colour, shade and manufacture over acrylic
primer. The surface to be finished shall be previously cleaned down to remove
loose dust or dirt by use of stiff wire brush. All inequalities to be rubbed down and
defects rectified. The surface to be wetted well with water and the surface water
is to be allowed to run off. The acrylic emulsion paint to be applied strictly as per
manufacturer's specification. The first coat should be well brushed into the
surface to form a good bond. Second coat should be applied carefully to give a
good finished appearance may be applied by brushing or spraying. Each acrylic
emulsion paint application shall be wetted at the end of the day with a fine water
spray.
6.4 Painting to Steel Works
6.4.1 Any shop coat of paint shall not be considered as a coat of paint for the purpose
of specification.
6.4.2 Ready mixed synthetic enamel paint of 'Jenson & Nicholson' 'British Paints',
'Shalimar Paints or similar other approved make and approved colour and shade
shall only be used. The primer shall be red oxide zinc chromate primer (1S:
2074) or any other anticorrosive primer as approved and directed by the
Engineer-in-Charge. The Contractor shall furnish the details of paints to the
Engineer-in-Charge for approval of paints before commencement of painting
work.
6.4.3 The surface to be painted shall be properly cleaned, de-rusted, all loose scales
removed and smoothened with emery papers. Then a coat of anticorrosive
priming shall be evenly applied. After this has dried up, two successive coats of
best quality ready mixed synthetic enamel paint shall be given to the entire
satisfaction of the Engineer-in-Charge. Brushes of approved size and make shall
only be used for application of paint and use of cloth is definitely prohibited.
89
7.0 DAMP PROORING WORK
7.1 Unless otherwise specified, damp proof course shall be 25-mm thick cement
concrete (1:2:4) with stone chips graded 10 mm to 3 mm with 3% Cico or similar
approved water proofing compound conforming of IS: 2645 by weight of cement.
The proportioning, laying etc., shall be done is conformity with specification for
cement concrete work. The damp proof course shall be used for all brick walls of
the building.
8.0 ROOF WATER PROOFING TREATMENT
8.1 Both flat and curved roofs, whether accessible or inaccessible, shall have to be
provided with polyurethane based water proofing paint.
Specification for Roof Water Proof Treatment with Polyurethane based Water Proof Paint
8.2 Preparation of Surface
The top surface of the roof shall be chipped off where necessary and all loose particles,
dust impurities, are to be removed by rubbing the entire roof surface with wire brush
and by application of High Pressure Compressed Heated Air to have a complete dust free
and moisture free surface.
The roof surface, receiving polyurethane based Water Proofing paint, shall be provided
with cement punning having smooth finish. A cross slope of 1 in 300 shall be provided in
the roof of Building to allow proper drainage of rainwater.
8.3 Specification of Materials
The polyurethane based paint is essentially an elastic and water proof film having a good
adhesion to concrete; water and abrasion resistant properties and shall have long term
weather proof characteristics. The paint / film material shall be of two components which
is to be mixed and processed as per manufacturer's specification. The mixture shall be
homogeneous before applications, as it has tendency to settle.
The polyurethane based water proofing system shall be manufactured by reputed

manufacturers of proven recorded and shall be approved by the Central Building
Research Institute (CBRI)/ National Chemical Laboratory (NCL)/ The Council of Scientific
and Industrial Research/New Delhi (CSRI)/ National Test House, Kolkata or similar such
Government/ Public Sector Undertakings.
The materials are to be inspected/ approved by the Engineer-in-Charge as per procedure

to be mutually agreed upon the agency and in charge of the work.
8.4 Since the product has a very short self-life, the materials are to be used in the work
shall not be older than four (4) months from the date of manufacture (i.e. the date of
bottling).
Necessary Test Certificate of CBRI/NCL/CSIR/National House etc. are to be furnished by

the contractor or the Department, for the materials procured for the water proofing
work.
90
8.5 Application
The two components of polyurethane based water proofing system should be mixed as
per manufacturer's specification before application. The tack coat should be applied by
brushing or roller to the entire surface in normal temperature and 406 hours setting time
should be allowed before application of the second coat. The record and final coat of
polyurethane based mixed waterproofing sealing over the priming coat to be applied at
normal temperature and curing time between 36 to 48 hours should be allowed.
The application to be made by technically trained and approved applicators duly certified
by the manufacturers.
8.6 Guarantee Period
The entire waterproofing job shall be covered with a written guarantee of leak proof
performance for a minimum period of 10 (ten) years.
8.7 Defects Liability Period
Ten percent (10%) of the cost of all works shall be retained by the Department for one
(1) year from the date of commissioning. Any defect observed during the Defect Liability
Period shall be rectified by the Contractor without any extra cost to the Department.
9.0 FLOORING
9.1 Patent Stone Floorings shall be 25mm. thick in M20 grade concrete with 10mm.
to 6mm. stone ships laid in rectangular panel with diagonal length not exceeding
3.00M and finished smooth with neat comment punning 1.5mm thick. After
finishing, the surface shall be left undisturbed for two hours and then with wet
bags and after 24 hours cured by flooding with water and kept wet for at least 7
(seven) days. Required Camber or Slope should be provided in floor draining
wash water, if necessary.
9.2 Supplying and laying true to line and level vitrified tiles of approved brand (size
not less than 600 mm X 600 mm X 10 mm thick) in floor, skirting etc. set in 20
mm thick sand cement mortar (1:4). The vitrified tiles work shall be of approved
colour and to the entire satisfaction of the Engineer-in-Charge.
9.3 'Ferro site' or 'Ironite' Flooring shall be 50 mm. Thick to be laid in two layers.
First a layer of 25mm. thick patent stone flooring shall be laid in M20 grade
concrete and allowed to dry. Then the second layer of 25mm.thick flooring of M20
grade concrete with 10mm.to 6mm. stone chips using at least 1Kg./Sq.m. of floor
hardening compound of approved quality and make shall be laid and cured. The
flooring shall be laid in rectangular panel with diagonal length not exceeding 3.0
meters.
10.0 IRON MONGERY
10.1 The rain Water pipe of the materials and of size as specified shall be of approved
manufacture end jointed as follow:
10.1.1 For heavy cast iron pipes with gasket and lead properly caulked.
91
10.1.2 Where required these are to be run in chase left out in walls, columns, slabs and
to be encased in cement concrete 1:2:4 (1 Cement, 2Sand 4 washed Stone Chips
19mm. down) with metal wrapping or with M.S: loops placed at approximately
325mm centre to centre or as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge. All pipes
encased in walls, columns or under floors must be heavy cast iron with lead
caulked joints. For exposed lengths of pipes, these are to be neatly secured clear
from the finished wall face with nails and bobbing in the case of cast iron pipes,
nails or screwed to hard wood tapping pugs embedded in wall.
10.1.3 All cast iron rain water pipes shall be painted two coats inside with approved
anticorrosive paint. The exposed cast iron pipes shall be painted outside with two
coats of ready mixed Synthetic Enamel Paints of approved makes, shade and
colour over a coat of priming of approved make.
10.1.4 The mouth of rain water pipes shall be fixed with C.I grating and the pipe
jammed in position in 1:2:4 cement concrete with stone chips and neat finish on
the surface.
10.1.5 The work shall include all supply, fitting and fixture of materials cutting,
making chases, encasing, painting, jointing, etc. complete in all respect. The work
shall include supplying, fitting, fixing, and jointing of all the specials required for
the completed work.
10.1.6 Rain water Spouts shall be of C.I pipes cut to exact length as per approved
drawing or direction of the Engineer-in-Charge and laid in position in 1:2:4
cement concrete with stone chips, adjoining roof being finished in neat cement.
The interior faces shall be painted two coats with anticorrosive paint and the
faces shall be painted with two coats of ready mixed Synthetic Enamel paint of
approved make, shade and colour over a coat of priming of approved make.
10.2 Window:All windows will be of aluminium alloy extrusion conforming to IS: 732-
1983 and IS: 1285-1975: anodised mat finished bfor fabrication of sliding
anodised casement windows.
10.2.1 Unless specified otherwise, all doors and ventilation in general should be
of mild steel casement with sections as per IS: 1038. They shall be of approved
make. The Contractor will submit the name and address of the manufacturer
whose metal casements he intends to use for approval of the Engineer-in-Charge.
The workmanship shall be of high quality and shall be up to the entire satisfaction
of the Engineer-in-Charge.
10.2.2 All the steel doors sashes shall be given a shop coat of Red Oxide Zinc
Chromate Primer IS: 2070 after these are thoroughly cleaned off dust, dirt, scales
etc., and passed after inspection by the Engineer-in-Charge.
10.2.3 Windows are to be prepared for puffy glazing from the outside and for
opening outwards unless otherwise mentioned. All steel sashes shall have holes
drilled at suitable places for inserting glazing clips which shall also be supplied by
the Contractor All glazing shall be fixed to the shutters or frames in addition to
glazing clips with quality putty of Shalimar or equivalent make. Glass must not be
placed directly against the metal. A thin layer of putty must be evenly spread
over the glazing rebate and the glass pressed firmly against it.
92
10.2.4 Ventilators shall be constructed from solid rolled universal casement
section being double weathered at all points to ensure water tightness and
bedded in mastic and screwed to the sashes.
10.2.5 The fitting shall be of heavy pattern bronze oxidized brass and of approved
quality, side hung casement will have two point locking handle and casement
fasteners. The hung windows shall have 200mm. long adjustable casement stay,
arrange to lock the windows from inside horizontally at the centre, hung windows
shall have spring catch designed for hand cord or pole operation as approved by
the Engineer-in-Charge. The fittings to be fitted either by screwing to the window
sections or to steel bracket welded to the window section as approved by the
Engineer-in-Charge.
10.2.6Galvanized weather bars shall be provided to sills of all windows.
10.2.7 Metal casement is on no account to build in at the time the walls are constructed.
Holes to accommodate the fixing lugs are to be left or cut and the casement fixed
after all rough masonry plaster works have been finished. The lugs of the
casement shall be jammed in 1:2:4 cement concrete with stone chips after
holding the casement in proper position, line or level.
10.2.8 Glazing for windows and ventilators shall weight not less than 8.0 Kg. /Sq. m for
doors, 6mm thick wire net reinforced glazing shall be used as approved by the
Engineer-in-Charge. The glasses shall be cut to size accurately to suit all openings
to glaze with slight margin of about 1.50mm. on all sides or as directed. These
shall be securely fixed in position in the manner described earlier. On completion
of the building, the Contractor shall clean all the glass and leave the same
perfectly in a tidy condition.
10.2.9 The cost of marginal doors, windows and ventilations shall include
supplying fixing, fitting, glazing cleaning, necessary scaffolding, staging etc. and
shall be for the complete work in all respects to the satisfaction of the Engineer-
in-Charge.
10.2.10 The Contractor shall without any extra charge, submit three sets of shop
drawings from the manufacture showing full details of each type of doors,
windows and ventilators including section, position of all fittings and fixtures for
the approval of the Engineer-in-Charge before manufacture and finally six sets of
approved final drawings with notes on the method of fixing.
10.2.11 Where specified, mosquito fly proof brass wire screen of approved gauge and
mesh shall be used in combination with windows. The screen shall be fixed to the
inside of the frames and the windows to be opened outside and be fitted with
'Folo operator' for opening to any position and closing. Additional intermediate
members be fixed to the frames to receive the fly screen so that the clear span of
the screen does not exceed 300 m or as approved by the Engineer-in-Charge.
10.2.12 All windows shall be provided with grills of approved design made of 25 mm x 6
rum M.S. Flats and the other clean openings not exceeding 100 mm.
93
10.2.13 The work for metal casements shall also include the cost of painting with 2 coats
of ready mixed synthetic enamel paint of approved made, quality color
and shade over a coat of approved anticorrosive primer.
10.3 Collapsible Gate
The M.S. collapsible gates will be obtained from manufacturer as approved by the
Engineer-in-Charge. These shall be of mild bar type, out of 20 mm. channels and shall
be top hung with roller bearing and shall have locking arrangement. Collapsible gates
under 2.700 m height shall be with 4 sets of lattices. Guide tracks shall be to the entire
satisfaction of the Engineer-in-Charge. The gates shall be fixed in position, de-rusted,
discalced and painted with 2 "coats of approved ready mixed paint over a coat of
approved anticorrosive primer.
10.4 Rolling Shutter
10.4.1 The M.S. roller shutter shall be obtained from manufacturer as approved
by the Engineer-in-Charge. The roller shutter shall be of 18 G x 75 mm
galvanized mild steel lath of convex corrugation complete with one piece
construction. These shall be fitted with pressed side guides and pressed bottom
rail, brackets, door suspension shafts, top rolling springs (of strong English
Continental Spring Steel Wire) with a four lever concealed lock as also separate
locking arrangements for padlocks, pulling hooks, handles and top cover. The
roller shutters shall be fixed in position with all accessories and the workmanship
shall be to the entire satisfaction of the Engineer-in-Charge. This shall be finished
with two coats of approved read/ mixed paint over a coat of approved anti
corrosive primer.
11.0 STRUCTURAL STEEL WORK
11.1 All Structural Steel to be used for gantry beam etc. shall be of tested quality
conforming to IS: 226 and IS: 2062 latest addition.
Finished steel shall be free from cracks, lamination and other visible defects.
Section shall be adequately protected from rusting and scaling. Rivets and bolts,
nuts and washers shall be of mild steel and comply with requirements of relevant
IS Codes. Steel used for rails shall have tensile strength of about 50-60 Kg/Sq.
mm. and yield point at 26 Kg/Sq. mm. The electrodes for welding shall conform
to IS: 8l4. All steel work shall be fabricated and erected as per IS: 800 and IS:
806. Welding shall be carried out as per IS: 8l4, IS: 815, IS: 816 and IS: 823, all
of the latest editions.
11.2 All steel work, after preparation of surface, shall be given a coat of red oxide zinc
chromate primer (IS: 2074) and finished with two coats of Synthetic enamel
paint. Surface to be painted shall be thoroughly cleaned of mill scale, oil grease,
rust etc. over coating and finishing paints shall be of well-known make (vise
Jenson & Nicholson/ Berger Paints/ Shalimar Paints). The Contractor shall furnish
details of Paints to the Engineer-in-Charge for approval of paints before
commencement of painting work.
11.3 Steel work shall be hoisted and erected in position in a safe and proper manner.
94
No riveting or permanent bolting shall be done until proper alignment has been
made. For grouting, cement and clean fine sand shall be used in a proportion of
1:2 and properly mixed with water. All trapped pockets shall be fully vented for
full penetration of grout. All grouting shall be cured for a minimum period of
seven days.
12.0 CABLE TRENCHES
12.1 The cable trenches should normally be of dimension 750mm x 600 mm (D x W)

with insert plates made of M.S. of dimension 100 mm x 75 mm x 12 mm (W x D
x T) are to be provided on the wall side of the cable trench 600 mm apart all
along.
12.2 The Cable Trenches shall be covered with pre-cast concrete slabs of dimension
650 x 600 adequate thickness to withstand a load of 500 Kg/m2 are to be
provided as covers of trench all along. For easy access of cable from room to
room, the design of the tie beam and level of the rooms may be adjusted to avoid
bend in the cable.
12.3 The cable trenches shall be absolutely free from any obstructions as to allow the
cables to be lowered in the trenches from top only during laying. The space inside
the trenches throughout the entire lengths shall in no case be encroached by any
beam or columns.
13.0 POCKETS & HOLDING DOWN BOLTS
Provision has also to be kept for pockets and holding down bolts as per requirement of
the electrical and mechanical equipment‟s at no extra cost. The exact details of such
pockets and holding down bolts will be supplied to the Contractor as per specifications of
the suppliers of the equipment after award of the contract. It is contemplated that M.S.
hangers shall be provided from the underside of slab/beam of the operating floor, and is
to be executed in a separate contract. However, for the above arrangement suitable
pockets and holding down bolts are to be left.
14.0 CHEQUERED PLATES ETC.
These shall be manufactured from structural steel conforming to IS: 226. They shall be
of the specified size, thickness and pattern as per relevant drawings or as directed by
the Engineer-in-Charge. Cover plates will generally be of Chequered plates with or
without stiffeners as detailed in the drawings. Floor convenience, the Contractor shall
prepare detailed floor plans of the layout of cover plates for floors and platforms so as to
include all openings, cuts etc. and so as to match the patterns of adjacent cover
plates/gratings. Where necessary, the floor will have to be made leak proof by properly
welding cover plates. If necessary, packing shall 'be welded to the bottom of cover
plates to raise the cover plates on sides, so as to provide necessary slopes as shown in
the drawings or as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge in the floors and platforms to
drain away any liquid failing on the floors and platform. Necessary gutters at the ends of
platforms shall be provided for sloping floors and platforms as shown in the approved
drawings or as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge. Krebs of flats shall be provided
where necessary, around openings and cuts in order to prevent liquids falling to lower
floors or platforms.
95
15.0 HAND RAILING
Double rows of 35 mm diameter G.I. tubular hand railing fixed in G.I. stanchions of 50
mm diameter shall be provided on the edge of walkways and platforms as specified. The
stanchions shall be fixed with mild steel rag bolts with chromium plated cap nuts. The
stanchions shall not be less than 1000 mm. high and placed at a distance not exceeding
1500 mm. The hand railing shall be fixed true to exact line and level. G.I. stanchions and
hand railing layout shall be of architectural design with pleasing appearance.
16.0 SANITARY INSTALLATIONS
16.1 The Urinals shall be of flat back, front lipped having a size of 46.5 cm. x 36.5 x
26.5 cm. or nearest available size. The Indian type W.C. shall be of minimum 58
cm. Complete with footrest in one piece.
16.2 All Sanitary works shall be of "Parry, "Neycer", or any other equivalent make.
They shall be of approved quality conforming to relevant IS Codes and shall bear
ISI Certification marks. All G.I. pipes shall be of ITC or equivalent make heavy
quality conforming to relevant IS Code. Wheel valves and stop cocks shall be of
gun metal and of "Leader" or "Annapurna" or equivalent make as approved by the
Engineer-in-Charge and shall conform to relevant IS Codes.
16.3 Two urinals, one Indian W.C., one European W.C. (Commode) have to be
provided in the toilet block.
17.0 MANHOLE COVERS
Heavy-duty plastic fibber reinforced concrete manhole covers shall be of heavy duty type
conforming to IS: 1726.
18.0 TIMBER DOOR
The timber door shall be of 1st. Class CP Teak Wood for both frame (100 mm x 100 mm)
and shutters (49 mm thick). All such doors shall be fully panelled. All timber shall be of
best' quality, well seasoned and/or well treated for prevention and protection against
decay etc. It shall be uniform in substance, straight in fibbers, free from large or dead
knots, sap, flaws, sub cracks, shakes, or blemishes of any kind. Any insect damage or
spoils across the grain shall not be permissible. The colour of the timber shall be uniform
throughout, firm and shining with a silky luster when placed and shall not emit dull
sound when struck. The doors shall be made as per approved drawings and as directed
by the Engineer-in-Charge and the timber shall be sawn in direction of the grains and
shall be straight and square. The door fittings shall be highly polished as per direction of
the Engineer-in-Charge.
19.0 M.S. PIPELINES
M.S. Pipe lines in required lengths and should be spirally welded from reputed
manufacturers and M.S. specials will be fabricated from the said MSSW pipe or from M.S.
Plates cut to exact size and shape, bent true to curvature and welded using standard
electrodes after necessary edge preparations. Both the inside and outside surfaces of the
MSSW pipes and specials shall thereafter be thoroughly cleaned after de-rusting and
brushing. The outside surface shall then be wrapped and coated with a protective coal
96
tar based insulating tape of 4 mm. average thickness as approved over one coat of
approved primer leaving 150 mm. on either end of pipes unwrapped. The inside-surfaces
will be provided with 3 (three) coats of non-toxic paint over one coat of primer.
The pipes and specials will be lowered in trenches for laying only after testing the same
with spark test by holiday detector so as to ensure that the pipes and special are free of
holidays. The pipes thus lowered will then be interconnected by welding and the portions
of 150 mm. width left unwrapped on either side of pipes will then the wrapped with said
insulating tape.
The thickness of SWMS pipes and specials of 900 mm diameter shall be 12 mm.
20.0 P.S.C. PIPLINES / N.P.-2 CLASS PIPELINE
P.S.C./N.P.-2 Class Pipes will be laid on suitably designed 1:2:4 concrete bedding of 150
mm thickness. The pipes will join by rubber rings. Bends and specials will be of mild
steel. The P.S.C./N.P.-2 Class pipes will be joined with M.S. special and machined ends
will be wrapped and coated with an approved protective coal tar based insulting tape of
4 mm. average thickness over one coat of approved primer. The inside surface will be
provided with 3 (three) coats of non-toxic paint over one coat of primer.
21.0 HAND OPERATED OVERHEAD CRANE
Provisions have to be made for a 5.0 M.T. capacity Hand Operated Travelling Crane
(H.O.T.) suitable for inching operation with a lift up to motor floor level and longitudinal
travel of 12 M for handing pump, motor and other accessories. They shall be of reputed
make as per vendor list and as approved by Engineer-in-Charge. Suitable type of crane
rails, girders and all other accessories as necessary for installation and operation of the
crane are to be designed and provided by the contractor within the Lump Sum pipe
quoted. The two travels and two hoists i.e. long, cross & main Auxiliary etc. must be
mechanical operation. The buffers must be spring-loaded operation. Suitable vertical
clearance is to be provided over the rail level to the bottom of the roof beam
22.0 LIGHTENTING ARRESTOR AND AVIATION LIGHT
Required sets of Lightening Arrestor and Aviation lighting arrangement shall be provided
by the Bidder at the highest point or such places or of the Pump House Building
conforming to the I.E. Rules specifications as per standard practice.
The job includes supplying, fixing and commissioning of sufficient no. of lightening
arrestors which includes air-terminals, separate earth electrodes, grid earthing and
individual earthing with approved size of air-terminals, earth electrodes, earthing strips
as per IE rules/IS codes. Detail Calculations to be vetted by the department in the final
design.
23.0 MOTOR FLOOR AND CONTROL ROOM
There must not be any column in the motor floor for easy movement of the HOT Crane.
Similarly in the Control room cum office room, there must not be any columns in the
room. The motor floor should have suitable openings at appropriate location as per
requirement of the pump manufacturer for lowering and taking up of pumps, motors,
valves, entry of cable etc. The motor floor shall be suitably designed to take care of the
vibration generated from the motor pump assembly while in operation.
97
24.0 WRAPPING COATING
This work is to be completed in all S.W.M.S. pipe at ground level with 4 mm. thick coal
tar based tape. Necessary 'Holiday Test' to be done to ensure perfection. This job is to
be done before commencement of work of respective stretch.
25.0 TRIAL RUN
When in the opinion of the Engineer the initial performance tests as specified in Section-
I are satisfactory the Contractor shall arrange for trial run of the plant at its rated
capacity and also their performance tests. During such tests, the Contractor shall
arrange to collect samples of effluents from the clarifier and representative. Samples
minimum of SLX samples of each effluent shall be collected at intervals specified by the
Engineer each day for 14 consecutive days. These samples shall be sent by the Engineer
or his authorized representative to the plant laboratory or any other laboratory
nominated by the Engineer, for analysis and determination of the quality of the two
effluents. All costs of the sample collection, delivery to the laboratory and test shall be
borne by the Contractor.
The Plant shall be deemed to be ready to be put into normal use when trial run of the
plant and the quality of the clarified water and filtered water are certified satisfactory by
the Engineer. The period of maintenance shall be reckoned from the date of the
Engineer's certificate.
26.0 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE
After the plant is deemed to be ready to be put into normal use the Contractor shall
operate and maintain the same for a period of twelve months by his own establishment
and technical experts under the overall supervision chemicals and other consumable
stores required for the operation of the plant shall be provided by the contractor at his
cost. The Employer shall also bear the cost of electrical energy. During the aforesaid
period of operation of the plant the Contractor's supervisory staff shall train and instruct
technicians and other staff deputed by the Employer about the correct method of
operation and maintenance of the plant as a whole and its various mechanical and
electrical components. The Training shall be such as would enable the Employer's staff to
take over the plant from the Contractor for its operation and maintenance
independently. The Contractor's training personnel shall give special attention to this.
During the period of operation and maintenance the Contractor shall arrange to take
regular samples of the clarified and filtered effluents as directed by the Engineer and
shall have such samples tested at his cost in the plant laboratory or any other laboratory
nominated by the Engineer, to determine the quality of the samples and the
performance of the plant. Such tests shall be continued up-to the penultimate week prior
to the end of the maintenance period and the plant shall be taken over by the Employer
subject to the final performance tests being certified as satisfactory by the Engineer.
The Bidders shall submit with their offer a list of technical and non-technical staff they
propose to engage for operation and maintenances of the plant for twelve months.
27.0 GUARANTEE PERIOD
98
The Contractor shall stand guarantee for the successful operation of the plant for 12
(Twelve) months period form the date of the certified commissioning as stated in clause
C-48 & 49 within which any defects and short coming due to faulty design of the plant,
defective mechanical and electrical equipment or defective construction will have to be
made good without any extra cost to the Authority. During the guarantee period the
Contractor shall ensure thorough checking of the plant at least once every month and
arrange for immediate rectification of any defects detected during this special drive by
his experts.
28.0 GUARANTEES
The Contractor shall give the following guarantees
28.1 Civil and Structural Works
The Contractor shall guarantee the plant against any structural failure due to
faulty design, bad workmanship, substandard materials, etc. for a period of
twelve months. Any defect found during the guarantee period shall be rectified by
the Contractor to the satisfaction of the Engineer without any extra cost.
28.2 Plant and Equipment
Even when a plant or equipment has been manufactured and / or marketed by a

vendor, it would be deemed to have been supplied and installed under the
contractor‟s supervision. The Contractor shall provide back-to-back guarantee
along with the vendor but shall solely be responsible for its repair/replacement.
He shall not cite the vendor and claim absolvent. In addition, all equipment shall
be free from any defects due to faulty designs, materials and / or workmanship.
The equipment shall operate satisfactorily and performances and efficiencies shall
not be less than the values guaranteed by the manufacturer and endorsed by the
Contractor.
Formal acceptance of the work or equipment covered under the Contract by the
Engineer shall not be made until all the work done by the Contractor has
satisfactorily passes all tests required by the specifications.
If, during testing of work and / or equipment prior to formal acceptance, any
equipment or materials shall fail in any respect to meet the guarantees, the
Contractor shall replace such equipment in a condition, which will meet the
guaranteed performance. Any such work shall be carried out by the Contractor at
his own cost and expenses in necessity thereof, shall in the opinion of the
Engineer be due to the use of materials or workmanship not in accordance with
the Contract or to neglect or failure on the part of the Contractor to comply with
any obligation expressed or implied on the Contractor's part under the Contract.
If in the opinion of the Engineer, such necessity shall be due to any other cause,
the value of such work shall be ascertained and paid for as if it were additional
work.
If the Contractor shall fail to do any such work as aforesaid, required by the
Engineer, the Employer shall be entitled to carry out such work by its own
workman or by others and if such work is supposed to be carried out by
Contractor the cost thereof, or may deduct the same from any money due or that
may become due to the Contractor.
99
29.0 IMPORTANT GUIDELINES AND SPECIFICATIONS
29.1 Unless otherwise specified elsewhere, the work shall be carried out as per the
following specifications.
29.1.1 All civil works shall be carried out as per specifications contained in other section
of these tender specifications.
29.1.2 All electrical works including supply of all electrical equipment shall be
carried out as per specifications contained in other section of the tender
specification.
29.1.3 All mechanical works including supply of equipment shall be carried out as
per specifications contained in other section of these tender specifications.
29.1.4 The erection and commissioning works shall be carried out as per
specifications contained in other section of these tender specifications.
29.1.5 Walkways and operating plant forms shall be provided with hand railings as
specified in other section.
29.1.6 Roofs shall be provided with polyurethane paint.
29.1.7 All the exterior doors and windows shall be provided with R.C.C. chajja of
approved design.
29.1.8 All windows and ventilators/skylights shall be provided with mild steel grills of
approved design.
Chairman
100
SECTION – F
GENERAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION
The structure of the intake jetty pumping station with HT substation will be constructed above 1.0 M of the High Flood Level
in the area of the Krishanagar Municipality. The Bidder shall verify the location by inspection of the site and shall apprise
himself of the local condition before submitting the Bid.
2.0 SUB-SOIL REPORT
Sub-soil investigation is to be carried out by soil-experts engaged by the contractor at the site of the intake jetty pumping
station with HT substation site.
The Bidder should satisfy himself about the adequacy of the data for the design of pile foundation for the intake jetty
pumping station with HT substation site. The Bidder must carry out soil investigation before submission of his Bid by drilling
bore hole at work site at his own cost for his own satisfaction. The successful Bidder shall have to undertake fresh
investigation of soil at the exact location of the structure at his own cost to design the foundation properly. Records of such
sub-soil investigation such as borehole logs, soil samples, SPT values etc., shall be done by the contractor duly witnessed
and authenticated by the Engineer in Charge or his competent authorized representative.
In the event of variation in soil data between that of Bid inviting authority and those obtained by the contractor during
execution, the more conservative values obtained from the two sets of reports shall be adopted for design without any extra
claim over the quoted price as accepted by the Department, unless otherwise permitted by the concerned Superintending
Engineer, East Circle, Municipal Engineering Directorate.
3.0 BID DRAWINGS
The General Arrangement of the intake jetty pumping station with HT substation and laying of rising main up to the inlet well
of the clear water treatment plant will be reflected in the enclosed site lay out plan by the bidder. These lay out drawing is
meant for giving the Bidder a general idea of the proposed site of intake jetty pumping station with HT substation and laying
of rising main. The various levels and dimension of the intake jetty Pumping station with HT substation and laying of rising
main up to the inlet well of the clear watertreatment plant is to be fixed by the Bidders as per the conditions mentioned in the
Bid document.
4.0 DESIGN CRITERIA OF THE DESCRIBED PROJECT
101
4.1 The basic layout of the intake jetty pumping station shall be as per Bid Drawings. The elevation of the intake jetty
pumping station with HT substation shall be of suitable Architectural design based on the Bid Drawings. The Bidder shall
submit with his Bid, the Architectural Elevation of the intake jetty pumping station with HT substation. However, the
architectural Elevation with fixation of Plinth level may have to be modified at the time of approval by the Superintending
Engineer, East Circle Municipal Engineering Directorate for which no extra charge will be paid. Design and construction of
all R. C. C. Structures, brick masonry walls and Foundation shall conform to the latest edition of the following IS Codes.
a) Loading Standards IS: 875
b) Earthquake Resistant Design IS: 1893 & IS: 4326
c) Reinforced and Plain Concrete IS: 456, 2000
d) Foundations IS: 1080, IS: 2950
IS: 2911 & IS: 2974
e) Liquid Retaining Structures IS: 3370
f) Structural Steel IS: 800
g) Reinforcement
Mild Steel IS: 456 & IS: 432
Ribbed Tor Steel IS: 1786 & IS: 1139
h) Masonry and Brickwork IS: 1905 & ISS: 2212
i) National Building Code of India
j) Design & Construction of Pile Foundation IS: 2911
(Considering the latest edition of the code)
4.1 The Intake jetty pumping station with HT substation shall be designed as per requirement based on the Report
of soil investigation.
If pile foundation is obligatory as per Report, piles shall be bored Cast-in-situ R. C. C. Piles. The design,
construction and workmanship for these piles shall fully conform to and satisfy the requirements of IS: 2911
(Latest Edition). Concrete to be used in Piles shall be of M-25 Grade having Cement content not less than 440
kg/m3. Reinforcement in piles shall be in conformity with the requirements contained in IS: 2911 (Latest Edition).
The minimum area of Longitudinal Reinforcements shall be as per requirements and such requirements shall be
provided for the full length of piles. For piles subject to Upward Tension, reinforcement shall be provided
throughout the full length and such reinforcement shall be designed on the basis of upward load they are
supposed to carry.
The safe working loads of the R. C. C. Cast-in-situ bored piles should be that as computed as per IS: 2911 on the
basis of Sub-soil Parameters of the Site with a minimum Factor of Safety 2.5 (Compression) and 3.00 (Up lift)
applied there on or that indicated in a table, whichever is less.
Pile termination levels shall be chosen carefully. The safe working load of the piles shall be substantiated by
Routine Load Test. The Pile termination level shall not be reduced from that stated herein above unless otherwise
permitted by the Engineer-in-Charge.
102
These Piles shall be designed for Seismic Condition also. The Importance factor for Seismic Analysis of Structure
shall be 1.50. The Bidder shall include in his Lump Sum price the cost for Load Test of at least working pile
(Routine Test) per 100 piles or part thereof. The testing should be as per Code Stipulations.
4.2 While designing the Foundation of different structures, the Bidder may use the Soil Investigation results enclosed
in the Bid.
5.0 DESIGN PARAMETERS PUMPING STATION
5.1 Loadings
The pump floor is to be designed for a live load of 500 kg/M2 and the superimposed Load of saturated earth of 450 mm
depth.
A) i) Live Load on Roof 150 Kg/m2.
ii) Live load on pump house Floor/walkway 500 Kg/m2.
iii) Live load on Control Room Floor 300 Kg/m2.
iv) Weight of each Empty Pump (approx.) 2000 Kg.
v) Weight of each Motor (approx.) 2000 Kg.
vi) Weight of 500 mm diameter Sluice Valve (approx.) 1200 Kg.
vii) Weight of 400 mm diameter Sluice Valve (approx.) 900 Kg.
viii) Load due to Electric Panel (approx.) 800 Kg/m2.
ix) Weight of 400 mm diameter pipe (approx.) 300 Kg/m2.
N.B. Loading details given herein above are tentative and subject to verification during final execution. No extra cost will be
paid to the Contractor on account of variation within ±30 % limit.
Vertical load data for pumps and motors are inclusive of impact factor subject to confirmation of the Pump Manufacturer
during final design. The cost in this regard shall be included in the lump sum offer by the Bidder and no additional claim will
be entertained in future due to variation in load data, if any.
The floor slab is to be designed for the worst loading conditions that the floor will be subjected due to the equipment to be
housed and may be put anywhere on this floor. The floor slab should be so designed as to withstand such loads.
The floor supporting M.S suspenders/Cable trays are to be designed for a concentrated static load of 200 Kg at any point.
The Cable Trenches shall be absolutely free from any obstruction so as to allow the Cables to be lowered in the trenches
from top only during laying.
Load of M.S Chequered Plates 50 Kg/Sq.m.
For trench covers over opening in Floor 500 Kg/Sq.m.
Loading up to 5.00 M.T H.O.T as per Crane Manufacturer's specifications
A surcharge of 500 Kg/Sq. is to be taken into consideration while designing the sidewalls of the intake jetty pumping station
with HT substation.
103
The Bidder has to design in such a way that the permissible limit of vibrations of Roto dynamic Equipment shall be within the
limit as specified in IS: 11724-1985.
The R. P. M. of pump Motor set will be not less than 750 R.P.M. Sync, subject to confirmation award of equipment contract.
N. B. For calculating earth pressure on the boundary cum retaining wall, the worth value among co-efficient of active
earth pressure (Ka) and that of Earth pressure at rest (Ko) is to be considered. Standard backfill materials with
conservative soil data are to be considered. No extra claims are to be entertained in this regard.
5.2 Special Notes on vertical turbine pump in vertical Execution Pump Foundation Design is to be considered
5.3.1 Foundation system for support of Rotary machines such as vertical pumping unit shall strictly comply with the
requirements of Code IS: 2974 (Part-IV) - latest edition. The Rotary Machine support system require careful study
of the foundation system with due consideration of vibration characteristics. For satisfactory design and
construction, the following precautions need be taken with careful dynamic analysis of machine foundation and its
supporting structures:
i. The natural frequency of the Foundation System shall be analysed and the mass of the Foundation System shall
be considerably larger than the mass of the whole machine.
ii. Dynamic Analysis due to insufficient clearance between impeller and casing of Pumps should be checked and
frequency out of this type of vibration need to be made as per relevant IS Code.
iii. Dynamic Response check of the block foundation may be carried out as per relevant IS Code.
iv. Permissible amplitude of Vibration of displacement as per IS Code 2974 (Part-IV), is to be calculated and the
design will be checked accordingly.
v. Permissible stresses in Soil/Concrete be suitably as per IS Code.
vi. Natural frequency of Foundation System shall be such as will avoid resonance with the Operating Speed of the
Machine. The natural frequency of the foundation system should not be within +20% of the operating speeds of
the machine.
vii. The foundation system shall be so dimensioned that the resultant force due to mass of the machine and mass of
the Foundation passes through the Centre of gravity of the base area of the Foundation.
5.3.2 The Bidder is required to submit a "Technical Write-up" with relevant details of Foundation System along with the
Part-I of this Bid. This would help the Department to fix up the accepted Parametric Norms of the foundation
System that would finally be adopted in the design and construction of the Building and Structures after award of
the contract.
6.0 ARRANGMENT OF ROOF & LEAKAGE TREATMENT:
6.1 It is proposed that the intake cum pumping station with HT substation top should be open with requisite Roof
Treatment.
7.0 DESIGN DRAWING AND OTHER INFORMATIONS TO BE SUBMITTED BY THE CONTRACTOR

(SUCCESSFUL BIDDER)
7.1 On the award of the Contract Contractor shall submit to the Superintending Engineer, East Circle, Municipal
Engineering Directorate and detailed design and drawings of different structures within fourteen (14) days from the
date of issue of Letter of Acceptance and thereafter the balance drawings and design calculations will have to be
submitted phase wise keeping pace with the work Program.
If called upon the Contractor shall also submit within reasonable time relevant books and other references, which
have been referred to or used in the design. Such books and other relevance will be returned to the Contractor
when done with. Secrecy in regard to details of design materials and equipment etc. shall not be pleaded by the
Contractor in the name of "Trade Secret" for not furnishing the requirement details asked for by the Superintending
104
Engineer, East Circle, and Municipal Engineering Directorate. The design and drawings shall be subjected to
modifications at no extra cost, if found necessary and such modifications shall not vitiate the contract. Similarly,
the Contractor shall submit any additional new drawings as found and the drawings shall form part of the Contract
Drawings.
Notwithstanding what has been stated above the Contractor shall be responsible for the correctness and
soundness of the design and if any provisions are found inadequate or faulty necessary modification will have to
be carried out at any stage up-to the expiry of the Guarantee period at no extra cost.
The Contractor will not be permitted to commence the Actual Work at site unless the EIC on written
recommendation to concerned Superintending Engineer, East Circle of Municipal Engineering Directorate
approves detailed design and working drawings. Four copies of the approved design and six copies of the
approved drawings are to be furnished by the Contractor free of cost for use by the Employer during execution of
the work. Any additional copies of same drawings, if required, should also be submitted by the Contractor free of
cost at the request of the EIC. If the drawings are done with Auto Cad, then copy of the folders containing
drawings in CD/DVD may be submitted for records only. If required on the urgent basis the soft copy of any
drawing is to be sent by E- Mail to “Office of The Executive Engineer” as per verbal discussion or Telephonic
discussion within 2 hours.
A tentative work Program in Network Diagram using CPM & Bar Chart technique is required to be submitted by the
successful Bidder within a fortnight from the date of issue of the letter of acceptance. The drawings from
foundation onward will have to be submitted by the successful Bidder successively as per the work Program to be
approved by the Engineer-in-Charge. Adequate resources are to be mobilized during execution of the work, for
which no extra payment shall be made.
7.2 Completion of Drawings and Other Documents to be submitted the Contractor
The Contractor shall submit within one month after the completion of all construction works the followings drawings and
documents free of cost.
a) Six copies of all approved Completion drawings. These drawings shall be on black and white prints of thick paper
and there shall be one transparency of each drawing. These drawings are to be submitted in a presentable form
as directed by the Superintending Engineer, East Circle of Municipal Engineering Directorate. In addition to this,
CD/DVD's with folders of these drawings drawn in Auto CAD or scanned copies are to be submitted.
b) Four copies of final designs in properly bound from as directed by the Superintending Engineer, East Circle
Municipal Engineering Directorate.
c) Four copies of detailed specification and schedules of the completed the intake jetty pumping station and
substation of intake jetty pumping station.
d) Six copies of Instruction Manuals for the Operation, Maintenance and overall of intake jetty plant.
i) The Instruction Manuals shall contain the following basic categories of information in practical, complete and
comprehensive manner prepared for use by operating and/ or maintenance personnel:
a) Relevant information as regards initial installation.
b) Instruction for operation, maintenance and repair.
c) Recommended inspection points and period of inspection.
d) Ordering information for all replaceable parts, etc.
ii) The information shall be organized in a logical and orderly sequence. A general description of the system including
important technical characteristics shall be included in order to familiarize operating and maintenance personnel
with the system.
105
iii) Necessary reproducible drawing and/or other illustrations shall be included or copies of appropriate certified
drawings shall be bound in the manual. Test, adjustment and calibration information, as appropriate, shall be
included and shall be identified to the specific equipment. Safety and other warning notices and installation,
maintenance and operating cautions shall be duly emphasized.
iv) A part list shall be included showing part nomenclature, manufacturer's part numbers and/or other information
necessary for accurate identification and ordering of replacement parts.
v) If a standard manual is furnished covering more than the specific equipment purchased, the applicable model (or
other identification) number, parts number and other information for the specific equipment purchased shall be
clearly identified.
vi) The instruction Manual shall include list of all special tools and tackle furnished with complete drawings and
instructions for use of such tools and tackle.
vii) The Instruction Manual shall also include recommendations for consumable supplies e.g. packing, lubricants, etc.,
for the plant installed as well as for chemicals for treatment and laboratory reagents.
viii) All the pages of the Instruction Manual shall be clearly legible and prepared on good quality paper.
ix) The Instruction Manual shall need the approval of the Superintending Engineer, East Circle of Municipal
Engineering Directorate.
All the copies of the Instruction Manual shall be presented in durable and bound form as directed by the
Superintending Engineer, East Circle Municipal Engineering Directorate.
7.3 Release of Security Deposit (Retention Money)
The Security Deposit (Retention Money) shall not be released until all the above-mentioned Completion Drawings
and Documents (as per Clause 7.2) are submitted by the Contractor.
CHAIRMAN
106
SECTION - G
DETAILED TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR CIVIL WORKS FOR INTAKE JETTY

PUMPING STATION WITH HT SUBSTATION
1.0 SPECIAL NOTES
1.1 The layout of the plant as shown on the drawing attached is not binding on the Bidder but is only indicative.
1.2 The Bidder shall not quote for works differing from the specifications of the Bid unless specifically permitted
elsewhere in the Bid documents.
1.3 The suitability of the intake jetty pumping station with HT substation will not be decided only by the low capital cost
but the economy in the operational & maintenance costs will also be considered. For this purpose all relevant
details should be furnished.
1.4 There shall not be any ambiguity in the offer. Bid containing any ambiguity may be interpreted in a manner
advantageous to the Employer.
1.5 If not mentioned elsewhere in the Bid documents, the contractor shall provide the following arrangements:
a) The Hydraulics of intake jetty pumping station with HT substation shall be erected that the raw Water from the river
Bhagirathi shall be such that water pumped out by the vertical pumping unit at the highest flood level as well as at
the time of lowest flood level, raw water shall be pumped out to the process plant. The total quantity of the raw
water shall be pumped to at lowest flood level as well as highest flood level in respect of 31.47 MLD (considering
22 Hrs. Pumping in a day) surface water treatment plant for Krishnanagar Municipal Town.
1.6 All valves, sluice gates, etc. shall be of reputed make and shall conform to available IS specifications where name
of manufactures do not appear in the List of Vendors. In case of non-availability of relevant I.S. specifications it
should conform to British Standard Specification or American Standard Specification.
1.7 The intake jetty pumping station with HT substation works being a process plant, it is imperative that the layout of
the plant inclusive of all Civil, Mechanical and Electrical Components should meet the requirements of Indian
Factory Act, Indian Explosives Act and all other relevant statutes of the State and Central Government.
1.8 In order to provide a net output of 1440 m3/hr. raw water (22 hours operation) at whatever condition of water level
of the river Bhagirathi the pumping unit shall be placed on the floor of the pump house. The common manifold and
valves shall be placed in such a way that that no obstacles found at the entry gate of the pumping station.
2.0 ITEMS OF WORKS
The items of works have already been detailed in these documents. However, it is repeated below:
a. Intake Jetty pumping station and HT substation along with HT /LT equipment (civil & electro-mechanical part).
b. Back filling shall have to be done from the excavated earth (if required), in case of short fall the same shall have to be
arranged by the bidder free of cost.
c. Retaining cum boundary wall & Illumination of the intake jetty path way and the pumping station - the scope is to be
finalized after given view consideration of the actual site condition and soil report.
d. The above scope of works is to be indicative not to be exhaustive. Anything not covered in NIB but required for
successful commissioning of the plant in all respect are to be provided by the Bidde
107
2.1 Sources of Raw Water Supply & Design Flow
The source of raw water supply is the river Bhagirathi. From intake jetty pumping system, the raw water will be pumped
through rising main 700mm dia. K9 DI pipe (supplied by the dept. And other all specials will be bidder scope) of length 14.2
KM (approx.) for Krishnanagar WTP to the respective inlet well (stilling chamber) of the treatment plant.
2.2 Quality of the Raw Water
For designing the Intake jetty pumping station the quality test of raw water should be done in presence of representative of
E.I.C and quality of raw water should be checked from authentic Govt. Department by the bidder at his own cost for getting
actual data required for pumping unit designing.
3.0 DESIGN SUBMITTED BY THE BIDDER
3.1 Intake jetty pumping station
The general arrangement of the intake jetty pumping station with HT substation is shown in Bid Drawing. The intake jetty
pumping station slab should be supported on RCC piers/piles at least 1. 0 M above the HFL and piers / piles should rest in
suitable RCC cap. The grade of the concrete should be of M25 for structure coming in contact with water or susceptible to
come in contact of water. The construction of loading on the deck slab to be made such that it includes 1(one) no of M.S
pipe line with other live loading of 250 kg/ m2 finished load 150 kg/ m2 and normally trolley loading 2T for transportation of
electro-mechanical loading. The pump delivery line should be placed on the intake jetty and a butterfly valve of 700 mm dia.,
a full bore flow meter and a temper proof double throat required dia. air release valve are to be used for interconnecting the
700 mm dia. rising main at the bank of the river Bhagirathi. The floor of the pump house should be Kota stone flooring and
approach deck slab/walkway should be finished chequered tiles (rough) with necessary cement backing.
The roof slab of the pump house shall have proper roof treatment together with water proofing treatment on it. The standard
lime roof treatment is not acceptable. Pre-cast R. C. C. roof will also not be acceptable. The external and internal faces of
the wall of pump house shall be rendered smooth. The exposed face will not be allowed to have any shutter mark and be
rendered smooth by rubbing with carborandum stone.
The inside faces shall be provided with 3 (Three) coats cement wash after brushing off and finishing the shutter mark.
External exposed faces shall have 2(two) coats of weather coat (exterior) or equivalent paint of approved colour as directed
by E.I.C.
There will be one entry points to the pump house both fitted with rolling shutters and the arrangement window to be made
properly. All the widows of the pump house shall be sliding type made of anodized aluminium section and protection with
grill to be provided on outer surface of pump house should be made from M.S grill.
One HOT crane of 5 MT Capacity is also included for loading / unloading pumps & motors and other equipment as specified
in technical details
The control valve chamber shall be of adequate dimensions as would conveniently accommodate the inlet control system
comprising S.W. M. S (spiral welded mild steel) mains and one butterfly valves of required diameter should be placed on
river bank for interconnecting the rising main. There shall remain minimum 350 mm clearance all rounds inside the valve
chamber. The chamber will be in brickwork. All other provision shall be made as per direction of Engineer-in-Charge.
The Bidder shall make in his design all the provisions of safety of the structures and foundations thereof. Any deviation in
quantities from the design and drawings approved by the Authority during actual execution compared with those provided in
the Bid shall not entitle the Contractor to any extra payment.
3.2 800 KVA HT Substation
The HT substation building size (Overall length –As per Tentative drawing) shall have to be erected at the suitable side of
the intake jetty pumping station. The plinth of the HT substation will be minimum 1.00 M from the HFL. Adequate ventilators
and windows shall be provided for sufficient ventilation and for entry of natural light.The HT substation slab should be
supported on RCC piers/piles (if required) at least 1. 0 M above the HFL and piers / piles should rest in suitable RCC cap
(as per soil investigation report) The total shutter area of doors, windows, and ventilation shall be adequate to meet such
108
requirements and shall be in any case not less than 20% of the total covered area. 8 opening for exhaust fans (fans
included) 450 mm diameter area to be provided with removable M.S. louvers. First class in cement mortar (1:6) will be used
in all superstructure brickwork. Superstructure panel wall should have 19 mm thick cement plaster (1:6) and 12 mm thick
plaster (1:6) faced outside. All inside walls have three coats of white wash. The ceiling shall be rendered smooth with 6 mm
thick 1:4 cement plaster and shall have three coats of \white wash except operator's room. The building shall have roof in
RCC construction of mix not leaner than M25 (Pre-cast RCC roof slab will not be allowed). The structure of the building shall
be of RCC frame with brick panel walls. The brick walls shall be of minimum 250 mm thickness. The flooring of HT rooms
etc. and other area of building accepting any other room shall be of IPS of 50 mm thick complete with Ironite topping. The
front gate of the each room shall have to be provided a rolling shutter gate. 3.50 M from floor level.
The total sub-station shall comprise mainly five basic section such as, WBSEDCL Supply Room, 11 KV H.T. Switchgear
Room, 1(one) No800 KVA indoor Transformer room, L.T. PDB room with APFC panel& operator room. The total area
required for the sub-station shall be as per design requirement in accordance to electricity rules.
Out of this section, the WBSEDCL Room shall be for WBSEDCL Authority. All the Civil, Electro-mechanical work excluding
the equipment to be provided by WBSEDCL, shall be under the Scope of Customer.
Power from WBSEDCL room will be fed to the Incoming Feeder of the Customer end 11 KV 1(one) Panel VCB Board and
Power from same composite shall be fed to the transformer. Grade of all structural concrete shall be of M-25. Pile
foundations (if required) shall be provided with minimum 500 mm diameter RCC Bored cast in situ piles.
The Bidder shall provide a lavatory block which shall be completed with two taps, one shower, one Indian pattern type W.C,
one western type W.C two mirrors, two wash basins, two urinals, towel rack, two rails complete with fixtures. The W.C shall
be fitted with 10 litter‟s capacity flushing cistern. The urinals shall be fitted with 10 litters‟ automatic flushing system with all
accessories. A septic tank of 10-user capacity shall be provided with connection of toilet through a master trap.
A Syntax or equivalent made water tank with IS specifications for 3000 litters capacity shall be provided over the roof of the
substation building. This tank will be connected with toilets and other points as desired by Engineer in Charge.
3.3. Laying of 700 mm dia. rising Main dept. Supplied (but all specials, valves and jack pushing under the bidder
scope)
I. Excavation and preparation of trenches- The trenches shall be so dug that the pipe may be laid to the required
alignment and at a required depth. When the pipe lines is under / site the road way, a minimum cover of 1.0 M is
recommended for adaptation but it may be modified to suit local condition.
II. Width of the trench- The width of the trench at the bottom shall be such as to provide not less than 20 cm
clearance on the either side of the pipe. Additional width shall be provided at positions of sockets and flanges for
jointing to be made properly. Depth of pits at such places shall also be sufficient to permit finishing of joints.
Boulder and large stones shall be removed to provide a clearance at least 15 cm bellow and on each side of pipe,
valves and fittings for pipes 600 mm in dia. or less and 20 cm for pipes larger than 600 mm in dia.
III. Trimming of trench bottom – Before laying the pipes, bottom of pipe trench shall be cleaned of to present a plain
surface and all irregularities shall be levelled.
IV. Laying of pipes- Where unloading, pipes shall not be thrown off on the hard roads. In order to avoid damage to
the pipes and especially to the spigot ends, pipe should not be dragged along concrete and similar pavements
with hard surfaces. All dept. Supply pipes , fittings, valves shall be carefully lowered into trench, piece by piece by
means of derrick , or ropes or other suitable tools or equipment so as to prevent damage to pipes , fittings
protective coatings and linings. Any negligence during unloading and handling of pipes results damage to the
pipes and development of hair cracks, which if not detected at the time laying results in bursts during hydraulics
testing will be serious offence and all liabilities goes to the concern.
V. Jack pushing – Where jack pushing will be required for crossing the railway track and also national high way
under the scope of the bidder.
4.0 Tool Box and Tools
Bidders shall supply two toolbox (overall dimensions 1200 mm x 900 mm x 750 mm) made of best quality wood/NUWUD
and polished or painted as per direction of the Engineer. The box shall be compartmentalized suitable to hold different types
of tools separately. The edges of the box shall be protected by aluminium angles and the box shall be fitted with lock and
key arrangement.
109
In addition, Bidders shall quote separately on their own letter heads for supply of one set special tools and tackles that they
feel shall be necessary for maintenance, overhaul or replacement of the equipment under this contract. The quotation shall
be attached with the Schedule of Prices.
5.0 Levelling of the site
After completion of the work, the entire site all round the intake jetty pumping station and other allied structures within the
scope of this contract shall be cleared and all construction equipment shall be removed within a period not exceeding
3(three) months from the date the plant is put into trial run. The site shall be graded and levelled to the required High Flood
Level with boundary or retaining wall as required and as per instruction of E.I.C.
6.0 Procurement of Equipment etc.
Whenever is this Section or elsewhere, equipment, contrivance, special or this like are specified to be of 'reputed',
'approved' or similarly worded make, the List of Vendors should be consulted first and the scope of procurement limited to
the same. In cases where the name of such equipment etc. do not figure in this list of vendors, written approval of the
Employer about the make should invariably be obtained, failing which the equipment etc. even if procured may be subject to
rejection.
CHAIRMAN
SECTION – H
GENERAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR R.C.C. PILE
FOUNDATION
1.0 GENERAL
The Design of the bidder should be based mainly on cast-in situ Bored reinforced
concrete piles on driver piles if site situation so arises subject to the approval of EIC.
Sub-soil investigation was carried out by the Department and the summary report is
placed in Annexure-I (Section – N). Interested bidders may have a look at the full
report which will be available in the office of the Superintending Engineer, East Circle
Municipal Engineering Directorate. Beside this the bidder himself is to be carrying Soil
investigation report and safer data has to be taken for Sub-structure design.
This information is given as a guidance and is indicative only, and for any variation in
strata at any location at site during actual execution of work, the employer shall not be
held responsible for shall the contract be null and void on this count. In case of any
variation in cut off level, necessary adjustment of safe working load will be made as per
IS stipulation.
110
The specialist firm may quote any proprietary system of piling subject to approval of the
Engineer-in-Charge consistent with the load, moment and forces to be encountered by
each pile.
..
.
The Bidders shall submit with his bid drawings, calculations explaining his scheme draw
up specification and submit the schedules of prices following the format of the schedules
of prices accompanying this bid documents.
2.0 DESIGN AND CONCRETE QUALITY
2.1 The safe working loads of the RCC cart in site bored piles should be that as
computed as per IS: 2911 on the basis of sub soil parameter of site with a minimum
factor of safety 2.5 (compression) and 3.00 (up lift) applied there on. For boring/driving
pile under water IS stipulation as well as KOPT's & Municipal Engineering Directorate
suggestions will be strictly honoured. The grade of concrete of all types of R. C. C. pile
shall be minimum M-25/IS stipulation unless otherwise specified elsewhere. The cement
content in concrete to piling work shall be minimum 400 kg/M3 with ordinary Portland
cement. Water cement ratio and slump shall be as per I. S. Specification for relevant
piling work. Maximum size of coarse aggregate shall not exceed 20 mm.
2.2 Grading and other requirement of coarse and fine aggregates, water and concrete
shall be as specified for reinforced cement concrete work under this Contract.
2.3 The average basis length of the piles is to be assumed from cut off level to the
tip of the pile (however for piles with muff the basic length shall be from tip of the pile
up to underside of muff). The final length with be decided by the Contractor with
approval of the Engineer on the basis of driving/boring resistance actually observed at
site. It will be the responsibility of the Contractor to prove by subsequent load
test/pullout tests that the adopted length of pile shall carry the specified safe load,
tension and the resulting deflections being within the permissible limits. In no case
extra claim over the originally quoted price will be entertained for any increase in
number/length/cross sectional area/reinforcement of piles and in the site of other
foundation structures if requires if required at the time of execution after the load tests
of piles. Similarly no deduction in payment will be made from the lump sum price
quoted for decrease in number/length/cross-section of area/reinforcement and in the
size of other foundation structures at the time of execution or after the load tests of
piles provided that the complete safety of the Structures is fully assured.
2.4 For Intake Jetty pumping station pile foundation should have permanent steel
casing/approved alternative methodology. Scour depth below bed level will be a major
guiding factor. All relevant provision of I.S. code for R.C.C. Structure on river bed (under
water) will have to be strictly followed. However Bidders may suggest other
methodology without deviating from major objectives &cost keeping the working well
within I.S. standards. In any case he has to be ensured the stability of the structure.
2.5 Bidders/ contractor will be given full liberty to opt for design mix as per satisfaction
of E.I.C. with minimum cement content as mentioned.
3.0 SPECIFICATION FOR BOREDCAST-IN-CITU PILES
3.1 Unless specified otherwise in the following paragraphs, stipulations of relevant

section of I. S. 2911 (latest edition) shall be followed. However in case of any conflict of
stipulations laid here in and IS code of practice occurs, IS stipulations will stand as final
subject to satisfaction of EIC.
The bidder shall submit within his bid the layout and number of piles based on allowable
load carrying capacity, tension on the pile section design by him.
111
3.2 Boring equipment and accessories shall generally conform to IS : 2911 relevant
section. Boring may be done by either rotary or percussion equipment or grassing
equipment using reverse or direct non circulation method. In case of unstable soils the
boring tools used shall be such that suction effects are minimized.
Stabilization of the sides of bore hole shall be done by the use of bentonite slurry or
casing. The size of cutting tool shall not be less than the diameter of the pile by more
than 75 mm.
In case of boring with casing, the casting shall be used from the ground level. The
casing shall be kept ahead of boring in cases where there is danger of carrying in due to
subsoil entering into the borehole or where soil is loose.
While boring below sub-soil water, precaution shall be taken so that no boiling of the
bottom of the hole occurs due to difference in hydrostatic head.
3.3 Concreting of bore holes shall start soon as possible after its completion. Should
a borehole, be left without concreting for more than two hours it shall be cleaned
thoroughly as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge before placing concrete. Concrete
under water shall be placed by means of a tremie pipe. It shall, however, be ensured
that concrete entering the tremie pipe does not get mixed up with the slurry and ¼ kg
of granulated vermiculite shall be poured in the tremie pipe before pouring concrete as
directed by the Engineer.
3.4 The tremie pipes and funnel shall be filled and lifted just 15 cm above bottom
before releasing the concrete column to facilitate flushing out of the bottom. The
concrete levels in the tremie shall be checked every meter in order to judge the
difference, if any, between the theoretical quantity that should have been placed and the
actual quantity that has gone in. This is to locate the position of cut off during boring.
In addition to the normal precautions to be taken in tremie concreting as per relevant

Section of IS : 2911 the following specifications shall be particularly applicable for the
use of tremie concrete in pipes.
i) The concrete shall be coherent, such in cement (not less than 400 kg/m 3) and of
slump not less than 150 mm I S stipulations
ii) The hopper and tremie shall be closed system.
iii) The tremie shall be large enough with due regard to the size of the aggregate. For
20 mm aggregate the tremie pipe shall be of diameter not less than 200 mm.
iv) The first charge of concrete shall be placed with a sliding plug pushed down the
tube of it or with a steel plate of adequate charge to prevent mixing of concrete
and water. However, the plug shall not be left inthe concrete as a lump.
v) The tremie pipe shall always penetrate into the concrete with an adequate margin
of safety against withdraw of the pipe surged to discharge the concrete.
vi) The pile shall be concreted wholly by tremie and the method of deposition shall not
be charged way up the pile to prevent into laitance from being trapped within the
pile.
vii) All tremie tubes shall be scrupulously cleaned after use.
Normally concreting of the piles shall be carried out without any interruption. In the
exceptional case of interruption in concreting, but which can be resumed within 1 or 2
hours, the tremie shall not be taken out of the concrete. Instead, it shall be raised and
lowered slowly, from time to time to prevent the concrete around the tremie from
setting. Concreting shall be resumed by introducing a little richer (5% additional
112
amount) concrete with a higher slump for easy displacement of the partly set concrete.
If the concreting cannot be resumed before final set of concrete already placed, the pile
so cast may be rejected or accepted with modifications at the sole discretion of the
Engineer-in-Charge or his representative.
In case of withdrawing of tremie out of the concrete, either accidentally or to removed a

blockage in the tremie, the tremie may be reintroduced in the following manner to
prevent impregnation of laitance or sewer laying on top of the concrete already de-
posited in the bore.
The tremie shall be gently lowered on the old concrete with very little penetration
initially. A vermiculite plug shall be introduced in the tremie. Fresh concrete of slump
between 150 mm and 180 mm. shall be filled in the tremie which will push the plug
forward and will emerge out of the tremie displacing laitance/sewer. The tremie will be
pushed further in steps, watering fresh concrete sweeping away laitance/scum in its
way. When tremie is buried by about 60 to 100 cm. concreting may be resumed.
3.5 The top of concrete in a pile shall be brought above the cut off level to permit
removal of all laitance and weak concrete before capping to ensure good concrete at the
cut off level for proper embedment into the pile cap. Where cut off level is less than 1.5
M. below the working level concrete shall be cast to a minimum of 500 mm above cut off
level. For each additional 0.3 m. increase in cut-off level below the working level
additional coverage of 50 mm. minimum shall be allowed. Higher allowance may be
necessary depending on the length of the pile as directed by the Engineer-in-charge.
When concrete is placed by using tremie material, concrete shall be cast to the piling
platform level to permit overflow of concrete for visual inspection or to a minimum of
one meter above cut-off level. In the circumstances where cut off level is below ground
water level the need to maintain pressure on the freshly laid concrete equal to or greater
than water pressure shall be formed out and accordingly the length of extra concrete
above cut-off level shall be determined and provided in works.
3.6 During piling, the sequence of construction and installation of piles shall as per
direction of the Engineering-in-Charge.
3.7 In case defective piles are formed during construction, they shall be removed or
left in place whichever is found convenient without adversely affecting the performance
of the adjacent piles or the pile cap as a whole. Additional piles shall be provided at
Contractor's cost to replace them as per direction of the Engineer-in-Charge and in this
respect the Engineer-in-Charges' decision shall be final and binding upon the contractor.
Any deviation from the designed location, alignment or local capacity of any pile shall be
noted and adequate measures shall be taken well before concreting of the pile cap, etc.
if the deviations are beyond the permissible limit. All such alternations shall be done at
Contractor‟s own cost and expenses and to the entire satisfaction of the Engineer-in-
Charge.
3.8 Piles shall be installed accurately as per approved design and drawings. For
vertical piles a deviation of 1.5 percent from vertical line shall not be exceeded. Piles
shall not deviate more than 75 mm. or one tenth of diameter whichever is more (in case
of piles having diameter more than 600 mm) from their designed positions at working
level of the piling rig.
In case of piles deviating beyond the above mentioned limits and such an extent that
the resulting eccentricity cannot be taken care of by a redesign of the pile cap & pile
trees, the piles shall be replaced or supplemented by one or more additional piles by the
contractor at his own cost and expenses along with any additional cost for pile cap, etc.
being borne by him.
3.9 While manual chipping may be permitted after casting of pile, pneumatic
113
chipping, if permitted by the Engineer-in-Charge, shall not be started before 7 days
under any circumstances.
3.10 Main longitudinal reinforcement in the length of the piles and links or spirals shall
be provided as per the approved drawing. Longitudinal bars where possible shall
preferably be in one length. Every care shall be taken in handling of the reinforcing cage
so that its shape is not damaged.
3.11 When working adjacent to existing structure every care shall be taken to avoid
any damage to such structures, in the case of bored piles care shall be taken to avoid
effect due to loss of ground. In the case of deep excavations adjacent to piles proper
protection shall be provided to safeguard against the lateral movement of soil stratum or
releasing the confirming soil stress.
3.12 During piling work the following data shall be recorded along with any other data
as may be directed by the Engineer-in-Charge. These data shall be submitted to the
Engineer-in-Charge in triplicate copies on completion of installation of each pile.
i) Sequence of installation of piles in a group.

ii) Dimensions of the pile including reinforcement details and mark of the pile
iii) Details of mild steel liners where provided along with the details of stiffeners.
Thickness of steel liner = 10 mm.
iv) Depth bored and founding level along with a bore log depicting the nature of
strata encountered during boring.
v) Time taken for penetration of every 15 cm during last 2 m depth before
founding level.
vi) Method of cleaning bottom of hole at founding level before concreting.
vii) Time taken for concreting.
viii) Cement consumption and slump of concrete.
ix) Cut off level/working level/R. L. of top concrete, any other relevant/important
observation.
3.13 During execution at any stage if any variation is required to be made to suit the
site on EICto be technically satisfied and His decision will be regarded as final.
3.14 Any of data /information given if not found reasonable (this will also include data
of parameters) will be given during detail engineering. Bidders/contractor therefore
revised to consult with manufacturer/ experts at his own cost, if so felt, to reach more in
figure for Biding purpose. The same is also advised for any other data supplied. But in no
case It will be Treated as a Fault of Biding Authorities. If any found in Variance in same
chapter/ section or anywhere of bid document, is to be into the notice of the biding
Authority & his interpretation/ decision will be consider as final.
4.0 LOAD TEST ON PILES
4.1 The load tests shall be carried out as per IS : 2911 unless specified otherwise in
the following paragraphs. The tests shall be carried out on test pile and a selected repre-
sentative pile as approved by the Engineer-in-Charge. Sufficient time shall be allowed
before tests to permit adjustment on the soil conditions following disturbance from the
method of installation. The period between installation of the test pile or any other pile in
the vicinity and the test loading of the pile shall be least 28 days.
4.2 The test load shall be applied by jacking against Kent ledge or any other structure
approved by the Engineer-in-Charge. No working pile shall be permitted to be used for
any loading for load test on pile. The design of the Kent ledge shall be such as to prevent
instability, particularly in the event of a sudden change in the load reaction from the pile.
The reaction from Kent ledge to be made available for the test shall be at least 25
percent more than the final test load to be applied. The test shall be carried out at cut
off level or at maximum 1.5 m below G. L. as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge.
114
Anchors, if provided, for load test shall be at specified distance away from test pile as
per relevant I. S. Code of Practice and there shall be minimum two anchors at two ends
of the pile.
Details regarding the testing arrangement shall be submitted well in advance to the
Engineer-in-Charge for his approval. Load tests shall only be undertaken after obtaining
the approval.
4.3 The jack is to be hydraulically operated. The load applied to the pile shall be
recorded either by a gauge in the hydraulic system or a proving ring duly calibrated
from an approved laboratory before load tests. The sensitivity of the full load and in any
event, the accuracy and sensitivity of the system is to be checked against an approved
instrument.
A test certificate and fresh calibration chart as obtained from an approved laboratory for
jack as well as pump supplying hydraulic power shall be produced before the Engineer-
in-Charge well in advance before use for any load testing pile.
4.4 The settlement of the pile shall be recorded by three dial gauges recording to
0.02 mm and placed at equal distance around the test pile. The dial gauges shall be
fixed on datum bars whose ends rest upon non-movable supports. The supports for
datum bars with reference to which the settlement of the pile would be measured shall
be at least 5d (d being the diameter of the circular pile of the side of the square pile)
away and clear from the test piles, subject to a minimum of 1 .5 meters.
4.5 The testing equipment employed shall be capable of loading a pile to failure or to
three times the design loading.
4.6 Before testing the top of the pile shall be clipped off carefully till sound concrete
is encountered. The projecting reinforcement shall be cut or bent suitably and the top
finished smooth and level with plaster of Paris, when required or as directed by the
Engineer-in-Charge. A series 25 mm thick bearing plates shall be placed on the head of
the pile for jack to rest as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge.
4.7 The Contractor shall have to perform rotating load test on working piles on load
as decided and selected by the Engineer-in-Charge and the results must satisfy the
requirements of the test. At least one working pile of each diameter shall be tested. The
test shall be carried out at cut-off level or at such level as per direction of the Engineer-
in-Charge. The Contractor shall also have to carry out initial test on a non-working test
pile as described below:
A. Initial Test on a Non-working pile:
i) The test load shall be applied in equal increments of amount one-fifth of the
estimated safe load as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge. Each state of loading
or unloading shall be maintained till the rate of movement of the pile top is not
more than 0.02 cm per hour in the case of clayey soils and 0.1 mm per hour in 2
hours whichever is greater.
ii) The estimated safe load shall be maintained for 24 hours and settlements shall
be observed and recorded every hour during the period.
iii) Time-settlement observation shall be made at the commencement and

completion of each increment. The rebound observation shall be made with
suitable unloading as per direction of the Engineer-in-Charge.
iv) The loading shall be continued till the settlement of the pile top equals one tenth
of the diameter of the pile stem (one tenth of the side in case of square piles) or
the load is two times the estimated safe load on the pile, whichever is earlier.
115
v) The safe load on pile shall be the minimum of the following:
a) Two thirds of the final load at which the total settlement attains value of
12 mm unless it is specified that a total settlement different from 12
mm is permissible or required in given case on the basis of nature and
type of structure in which case the safe load shall correspond to actual
total settlement permissible or required.
b) Fifty (50) percent of the final load at which the total settlement equal
one tenth of the pile diameter of the size of the pile.
B. Routine Test on working pile:
Load on the pile in routine test shall be applied upto and a half times the estimated safe
load carrying capacity of the pile. The loading procedure and settlement observations
shall be the same in initial test described hereinabove. The safe load on the pile shall be
the minimum of the following:
a) Two third of the final load at which the total settlement attains a value of 12 mm
unless it is specified that a total settlement different from 12 mm is permissible
in a given case on the basis of nature and type of structure.
b) Fifty percent of the final load at which the total settlement equals one tenth of
the pile diameter of size of the pile.
i.
C. Lateral Load on working pile:
i) The Contractor shall have to carry out lateral load test on one vertical working
pile. Reaction may be obtained from suitable set up as approved by the Engineer-
in-Charge and hydraulic jack shall be inserted in between the loading set up and
pile in order to apply the lateral load. Thrust pieces need be inserted on either end
of the jack to fill up the gap. Lateral deflections shall be measured at cut-off level
or at maximum 1.5 M below G. L. as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge by means
of dial gauges fixed to immovable supports.
ii) Loading shall be applied in increments of about 20% of the estimated safe load till
the rate of deflection reduces to 0.02 mm per hour in the case of clayey soil and
0.05 mm per hour in the case of sandy soils or 2 hours whichever is earlier.
iii) Displacements shall be measured by issuing at least two dial gauges spaced at 30
cm and kept horizontally one above the other on test pile. Where it may not be
possible to place one of the dial gauges on the line of jack axis, then the two dial
gauges shall be kept at a distance of 30 cm at a suitable height and the displace-
ment interpolated at load point from similar triangles To fix dial gauges on the pile
surface, uneven surfaces shall be chipped of and 25 to 30 mm square glass piece
shall be fixed to provide a smooth surface. The dial gauge tips shall rest on the
East portion of the glass plate.
iv) The safe lateral load shall be the least of the following:
a) Fifty (50) percent of the final load atwhich the total displacement increases to 12
mm.
b) Final load at which total displacement corresponds to 5 mm.
c) Load corresponding to any other specified displacement due to performance

requirements.
4.8 All pile test data i.e., load, displacement and time shall be recorded in a suitable
chart along with other information about the pile in a manner as directed by the
Engineer-in-Charge.
116
From the data, curves shall be drawn showing load displacements and displacement time
and safe load shall be indicated on the graphs.
AII data and curves shall be submitted to the Engineer-in-Charge in triplicate copies
along with the originals.
If on load testing, it is found that the capacity of the pile is more than the designed
capacity nothing shall be paid extra for such extra capacities.
CHAIRMAN
117
SECTION- I
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION OF PUMPS
1.0. GENERAL
The specification covers the design, manufacture, testing, supply erection and commissioning of the Vertical Turbine
pumping unit for the intake jetty pumping station of Krishnanagar at Nadia district. The equipment shall be designed and
manufacture and tested in accordance with latest I.S specification and code of practice published by the Bureau of I.S
whenever available.
RAW WATER PUMP

System particulars:
 Water Raw water of River Bhagirathi
 Temperature 50C to 300C
 Sp Gravity 1.1
 Maximum water level High Flood Level for river as per KoPT Report
 Minimum water level Low Flood Level for river as per KoPT Report
 Elevation Within 500M MSL
2.0. VERTICAL TURBINE (VT) PUMP
The intake jetty pumping station is to be designed for three (3) pumps normally two (2) pumps will be working in parallel
while the remaining pump will serve as standby. Delivery of all pumps of Krishnanagar pumping station is to be fed to a
common delivery manifold. Pipelines would be taken from the common delivery manifold for supply to the inlet chamber of
the water treatment plant through the rising main of 700 mm dia. K9 DI pipe of length about 14.2 KM form Krishnanagar
WTP. The capacity of the each pumping units will be 715 M3/Hr. and head also decided by the Bidder.
DESIGN
The design, manufacturing, performance of the vertical execution pumps as specified hereinafter shall comply with the
requirements of applicable codes, the latest applicable Indian/ British/ American/ DIN standards, in particular and in that
order of application, the following IS1520 Vertical turbine for raw, cold water
3.1. The materials of the various components shall be as per data sheet or equivalent material conforming to
applicable IS/ BS/ ASTM/ DIN Standards in that order of application.
3.2. In case of any contradiction between the aforesaid standards and the stipulations as per the technical specification
as specified hereinafter, the stipulations of the technical specification shall prevail.
3.3. In case of contradiction between this specification and the pump data specification sheets enclosed, stipulations of
the data specification sheets shall prevail.
4.0. PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
4.1. The pump shall be designed to have best efficiency at the specified duty point. The Pump set shall be suitable for
continuous operation at any point within the 'Range of Operation', so as to match with the system resistance
curve.
4.2. Pumps shall have continuously rising head capacity characteristics from the specified duty point towards shut off
point, the maximum being at shut off.
4.3. Pumps of each category shall be suitable for parallel operation. The head vs. capacity, the B.H.P vs. Capacity
characteristics, etc., shall match to ensure equal load sharing and trouble free operation throughout the range. In
the event of tripping of one of the operation pumps, the operated pumps shall be capable of passing the maximum
118
flow through it as dictated by the system resistance corresponding to both maximum and minimum water level of
River Bhagirathi.
4.4. The pump motor set shall be designed in such a way that there is no damage on account of any reverse flow
through the pump which may occur due to any mal operation of the system.
4.5. Where reverse flow through the pump is specified in data specification sheets, the drive motor shall be capable of
bringing the pump to its rated speed in the normal direction from the point of maximum possible reverse speed
without injurious heating, when power to the motor is restored with a minimum voltage of 90% at the motor
terminal.
4.6. External head that may be imposed on the pump under reverse flow condition is to be decided by the Bidder after
analysing the complete system and the particular abnormal condition of run. However, any specific requirement as
mentioned in the Pump Data Sheet shall be adhered to Torque-speed curve for pump and motor for such reverse
flow condition shall have to be submitted along with the offer.
5.0. PUMP (SELFLUBRICATED)
Bowl assembly: The C.I. bowl shall be flanged type construction of closed grained materials conform to latest I.S.S. They
shall be free from sand holes, blowholes, or other fault and must be accurately machined and fitted to the close tolerance.
The shall be capable of withstanding a hydrostatic pressure equal to twice the pressure at rated flow or 1.5 times shut of
head which will be greater. The intermediate bowls shall have enamel or epoxy lined waterways for maximum efficacy and
wear protection. All intermediate bowl shall be of identical design for interchange ability. A discharge bowl shall be used to
connect the bowl assembly to the discharge column. All the bowls (include the discharge bowl) shall be fitted with sleeve
type bearings of C.I.
Impeller: The impeller shall be constructed from Stainless Steel and shall be the enclosed (or semi open) type. They shall
be free from defects and must accurately cast, machined and filed for optimum performance and minimum vibration.
Impeller shall be balanced to grade G6.3 of ISO 1940 as minimum. They shall be securely fastened to the bowl shaft with
taper locks of C1018 steel.
Suction: The suction bowl shall be provided with non-soluble grease packed bronze packed bronze bearing from abrasives
in the pumping fluids. The bearing housing shall have sufficient opening at the bottom for easy removal of the bearing.
Shaft: The bowl shaft shall be constructed from ASTM 582 type 416 SS. It shall be precision ground and polished with
surface finish better than 40 RMS.
6.0. COLUMN ASSEMBLY-WATER LUBRICATED FOR VT PUMP
Column Pipe: The column pipe shall be furnished in section not exceeding a normal length 3.10 Meter (10 Ft) and shall be
connected by threaded-sleeve couplings. Pump speeds between 1450 rpm shall have intermediate column length and
bearing spacing no greater than 1.5 Meter (5 Ft). The pipe shall be of MSERW and weight shall be not less than schedule
30. The end of the pipe shall be with 8 threads per inch with 3/16” tapper per foot thread and faced parallel to butt centring
spiders .The inside of the such that minimum head loss occur as per IS Specification.
Line Shaft: The line shaft shall be of stain less steel, ground and polished with surface finish as per standard specification.
They shall be furnished in interchange ability facility and shall be coupled with threaded steel couplings machined from solid
steel bar. It shall have left hand thread to tighten during pump operation condition. The shaft shall be provided with stainless
steel sleeve to act as journal at each bearing location. The sleeve shall be placed on a full size shaft without under cutting
and secured in position by a suitable adhesive.
Bearing: Bearing shall be fluted rubber retained in the cantering spider by a shoulder on each end on the bearing.
7.0. DISCHARGE HEAD ASSEMBLY – WATER LUBRICATED (SELF)
Discharge Head: It shall be of the high profile type to allow shaft coupled above stuffing box and provide for mounting the
driver and support the column pipe and bowl assembly. It shall be of high grade cast iron or fabricated steel. It shall have a
NTP (½”) connection for a pressure gauge.
Stuffing box: The stuffing box shall be cast iron and shall contain a minimum of five rings packing. It shall have pressure
relief connection. The packing gland shall be a split type secured in place with non-corrosive studs and nuts. Rubber
slingers shall be secured to the shaft above the packing gland.
119
Head shaft: The head shaft goes through the stuffing box shall be stainless steel. It shall be precision ground and polished
with surface finish as per standard practice.
Suction bell mouth & strainer: The suction bell mouth shall be sufficient length and shall have a minimum inside diameter
and weight larger than the discharge column pipe. A suitable buscket strainer of galvanised steel shall be provided having a
free area at least four times of the flow area of the suction pipe.
8.0. TEST
8.1. GENERAL
a) All pressure parts shall be subject to hydraulic testing at a pressure of 150% of shut off head or 200% of rated
head (effective head) whichever is higher, for a period not less than 30 minutes.
b) Performance-test is to be conducted to cover the entire range of operation of the pumps. These shall be carried
out to a span of at least 125% of rated capacity uptopump shut off condition. A minimum of five combinations of
head and capacity are to be achieved during testing to establish the performance curves including the design
capacity points and the two extremities of the Range of operation specified. For range of operation, stipulation
relevant in Clause is applicable.
c) Tests shall preferably be conducted with actual drive motors furnished.
d) Reports and test certificates of the above tests shall he submitted to the Engineer-in-charge for approval of the
employer.
e) All rotating components of the pumps shall be subjected to dynamic balancing tests, if specified, in Data Sheets.
9.0. TEST AT SHOP FLOOR
9.1. Each pump shall have to be tested to determine the performance curves of the pumps. These tests are to be
conducted, in presence of Employer or his representative, as per the requirements of the Hydraulic Institute
Standard/ASME Power Test Code PTE 8, 2/BS-599/I.S.S., latest edition.
9.2. The Contractor shall conduct necessary sump model test for establishing optimum sump dimensions/flow
correcting devices and establish the suitability of suction conditions.
9.3. The Employer or his authorized representative shall be given full access to all tests, Prior to performance tests,
the Contractor shall intimate the owner allowing adequate time so that if the Employer so desires, his
representatives can witness the test.
9.4. The Bidder shall guarantee the effective head at the specified designed capacity and also the corresponding
pump efficiency, pump input power, unless otherwise mentioned, the Bidder shall specify the allowable tolerance
considered by him on the guaranteed performance.
9.5. The Bidder shall indicate the guaranteed efficiency of the pumps offered by him. While carrying out shop
performance tests, the permissible limits of errors in measurement shall be in conformity with Class-B of BS: 599
without any penalty whatsoever. Apart from that a negative tolerance of maximum (-) 3% on quoted efficiency shall
be acceptable only with penalty. Variation more than (-) 3% will render the pump liable to rejection, If the shop
performance tests indicate any failure of the pump to achieve the guaranteed efficiency, the Contractor will be
given a time, to be decided by the Owner, to make up the deficiency at his cost by incorporating necessary
modification, alteration and replacement.
9.6. The manufacturers shall conduct all tests required to ensure that the equipment furnished shall conform the
requirements of this specification and in compliance with requirements of applicable Codes and Standards. The
particulars of the proposed tests and the procedures for the tests shall be submitted to the Employer for approval
before conducting the tests. The pump is to be tested on the test bed at contractor‟s workshop in presence of the
technical representatives of Municipal Engineering Directorate.
9.7. Where stage inspection is to be witnessed by Employer in addition to above, the bidder shall submit to the
Employer at the initiation of the contract, the deadline of PERT-CHART showing the manufacturing progress and
indicating the periods where inspection of the Employer or his authorized inspection agency is required at the
manufacturer‟s premises.
120
9.8. Since stage inspection is to be witnessed by Employer, the various stages of inspection, together with the
Program shall be submitted to the Employer. The inspection and test procedures shall also be submitted for
Employer's approval.
10.0. PAINTING
10.1. Surface of all parts shall be cleaned to remove scale, dirt, oil, water, grease and other foreign objects prior to final
assembly of the equipment. All openings shall be covered to guard against damage and entry of foreign objects.
10.2. All surfaces shall thoroughly be cleaned in a manner approved by the manufacturer for necessary paint coating to
be applied on the surface. In case of any prevalent Standard/Codes on selection and application of
painting/coating, the same shall be strictly adhered to. The colour code for finished painting on the external
surface shall be subject to Employer's approval. Necessary finish paintings including touch up paints, if not applied
at shop, shall be done by the Contractor from sealed containers for site application.
10.3. All parts shall be properly boxed, created or otherwise protected for transportation to suit the mode of
transportation. Exposed finished surfaces shall be thoroughly greased before transportation.
11.0. TOOLS AND TACKLE
11.1. The Bidder shall quote separately for a complete and unused set of all special tools, wrenches, etc. including
toolboxes, specifying the quantum of requirement, for erection, maintenance, overhaul or complete replacement of
equipment under this specification. A complete list of tools necessary shall be enclosed with the Proposal.
11.2. The Price quoted for tools shall not be considered for evaluation of Bid.
12.0. SPARE PARTS
12.1. The Bidder is to supply spare parts as per list enclosed vide list of spare parts.
12.2. The spare parts as mentioned are to be supplied within the completion period of the contract.
12.3. Cost of spare parts as above arc to be mentioned separately.
12.4. Replacement of spare parts during contract period would be borne by the Bidder at their own cost. The Bidder is
required to provide a list of spare parts for a period of two years for further maintenance.
13.0. DELIVERY
13.1. The schedule of the project demands early delivery of the equipment‟s.
13.2. The delivery date shall be indicated by the Bidder in the Progress Schedule showing the time required for different
phases of the work under the scope of this specification taking the date of issue of Letter of Intent as datum.
13.3. The Bidder shall guarantee the delivery date subject to penalty.
14.0. DRAWINGS, CURVES & INFORMATION
14.1. Characteristic curves of pumps showing effective head, pump input power, efficiency, and submergence/NPSH,
against capacity ranging from shut off condition to at least 125% of rated capacity.
14.2. Speed vs. torque curve of the pump corresponding to recommended mode of pump starting, superimposed on
speed Vs. torque curves of the motor, corresponding to 85%, 90%, 100% rated voltage and also extending over
quadrant I & Quadrant II covering reverse flow conditions, if applicable.
14.3. Diagram showing the type of lubrication system, etc.
14.4. Complete descriptive and illustrated literature on the equipment and accessories being offered.
14.5. Experience list for the similar type of equipment supplied, which should indicate name of customer, date of
ordering, and value of order date of commissioning, pump parameters and number.
121
14.6. A comprehensive write up or brochure on the details of manufacturing and test rig facilities in the shop of the
manufacturer.
14.7. The successful bidder shall furnish the following drawings/data for Employer's approval after award of the
contract.
14.8. All data furnished during bidding stage including details furnished above shall be treated as final and binding on
the Contractor if, however, any, minor change is essential during detail design stage for any improvement of the
system, such changes shall be carried out only after obtaining approval of the Employer.
14.9. The G.D2 valves of the impeller of the pump and Rotor of the motor not less than 750 R.P.M. (syn.) are to be
supplied.
15.0. INSTRUCTION MANUALS
15.1. The instruction manual shall present the following basic categories of information in a comprehensive manner
prepared for use by operating and/or maintenance personnel:
15.2. Instruction of Erection
15.3. Instruction for pre-commissioning check-up, operation, abnormal conditions, maintenance and repair.
15.4. Write up on Controls and interlocks provided.
15.5. Recommended inspection points and periods of inspections.
15.6. Schedule of preventive maintenance.
15.7. Ordering information for all replacement parts.
15.8. Recommendation for type of lubricants, lubricating points, frequency of lubrication and lubricant changing
schedule.
15.9. The information shall be organized in a logical and orderly sequence. A general description of the equipment
including significant technical characteristics shall be included to familiarize operating and maintenance personnel
with the equipment.
15.10. Necessary drawings and/or other illustrations shall be included or copies of appropriate finial drawings shall be bound
in the manual. Test, adjustment and calibration information as appropriate shall be included and shall be
identified to the specific equipment. Safety and other warning notices and installations, maintenance and
operating cautions shall be emphasized.
15.11. A parts list shall be included showing part nomenclature, manufacture's part number and/ or other information
necessary for accurate identification and ordering of replacement parts.
15.12. Instruction manual shall be securely bound in durable folder.
15.13. If a standard manual is furnished covering more than the specific equipment purchased, the applicable model (or
other identification) number, parts number and other information for the specific equipment purchased shall be
clearly identified and highlighted. Sectional drawing to suitable scale and characteristic curves for the particular
equipment supplied must be included in the Instruction manual.
15.14. The Instruction Manual shall include the list of spare parts that are required for 2 years normal operation and
maintenance for equipment. It shall also include list of all special tools and tackle furnished with complete
drawings and instructions for use of such tools and tackles.
15.15. The instruction manual shall need approval of Employer in the same fashion as that for drawings.
16.0. DEVIATIONS
The Bidder is required to submit with his proposal a detailed list of any and all exceptions taken to this specification by filling
up the Deviations Sheet. In absence of such a list it will be understood and agreed that Bidder's proposal is based on strict
conformance to the specification in all respects. These requirements, however, are not intended to prohibit Bidders from
122
offering alternate quotation for equipment which they consider to be equal or superior to that specified for the intended
service and for which he believes he can show economic and/or technical advantages, provided that he is not allowed to
add to the Vendors list and is confined to items not appearing therein.
17.0. DATA SHEET/ CHECK LIST OF THE PUMPS BEING OFFERED

(Submitted by the lowest Bidder after issuing the work order)
GENERAL
1. Manufacturer :
2. Model Number :
3. Type of Pump :
4. Non Pullout : Yes/No
5. Impeller Type : Closed/Semi Open
6. No. of Pumps offered :
7. Efficiency of Pump at peak flow condition :
8. Efficiency of Pump at medium flow condition :
9. Efficiency of Pump at lean flow condition :
PERFORMANCES
1. Guaranteed capacity - M3/hr. in peak flow : 715

without tolerance in single operation &
parallel operation
2. Guaranteed head (total bowl head) - MWC at :
peak flow discharge, without tolerance in single
operation& parallel operation.
3. Guaranteed Pump efficiency, without in single :
operation& parallel operation tolerance in peak
head/flow
4. Input to the Pump (KW) in peak head/flow :
in single operation & parallel operation without
tolerance
5. Pump input power at worst operating :
condition on the range of operation (without
positive tolerance)
6. Pump input power at shut off :
7. Range of operation of Pump :
8. Recommended Motor KW :
9. Pump rated speed (RPM) :
10. Pump specific speed of particular trim at D.P. :
11. Pump shut off head :
12. Minimum submergence required in MWC at :
Worst flow condition
13. Are the pumps suitable for parallel operation :
14. Whether non-Reserve Ratchet is provided in :
pump or not
15. Type of lubrication for pump :
16. Whether pre lubrication arrangement :
provided
PUMP NPSHR
1. -do- at highest water level condition :

2. -do- at lowest water level condition :
3. -do- in the operating range, without positive :
Tolerance
4. Pump duty: continuous intermittent :
5. Pump shut off head :
FLEXIBLE JOINTS AND SHAFT
1. Flexible Coupling :
123
2. Type :
3. Make :
4. Factor of Safety adopted :
5. Degree of Flexibility :
6. Extent of Play allowed :
7. Shaft diameter (Extension if required) :
8. Material :
9. Factor of Safety adopted
:
THRUST BEARING
1. Type :
2. Whether separate thrust bearing for pump :
motor provided or not
3. Method of lubrication :
4. Whether the thrust bearing is capable for worst :
loading of both phases
5. Axial thrust at duty point (kg) approx. :
6. Whether thrust bearing temperature detector :
provided
MATERIAL OF CONSTRUCTION
1. Impeller :
2. Casing :
3. Casing Ring :
4. Pump shaft :
5. Coupling for pump Motor :
6. Shaft Sleeve :
7. Sole Plate :
8. Impeller Ring
9. Seal Ring :
EXPECTED LIVES UNDER NORMAL OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE
1. Impellers :
2. Pump Bowl Casing :
3. Shaft (If Required) :
4. Thrust Bearing :
19.0. INSTALLATION OF PUMP MOTOR SET
19.1. Pumps and motors are normally despatched to the site in dismantled condition, sole plate, rotating element and all
other equipment like shaft couplings and housing, stool etc. are packed separately. After receiving the materials at
site all boxes should be opened and materials checked against respective packing. The protective coatings and
wrappings should be removed before erection-if necessary.
19.2. Checking /preparation of foundation block if necessary should be done.
19.3. The pump assembly, including the solo plate should be level up by using Engineer‟s sprit level about 0-05 mm
type in 254 mm and “I” beam type straight edge placed on the mechanical surface of the solo plate and adjust the
thickness of the packing by shimming until the assembly is levelled.
19.4. When the solo plate is levelled and positioned with find datum, levels foundation bolts may be grouted.
19.5. Once the solo plate is levelled the pump half casing may be lowered on solo plate accurately in holding bolts and
tighten the nuts.
124
19.6. Fix another pump half of flexible coupling on driving end side. Recheck the level on pump half coupling .Any
adjustment, if necessary, can be made by shimming between solo plate and packer plate.
19.7. The motor unit are placed and coupled with pumping unit and check the alignment by precision type dial gauge.
19.8. Following variation which can be tolerated. Angular alignment – 1-0.07 and Radial alignment not to exceed-0.1
mm
20.0 Technical Requirements and Calculations
a. Tenderer are required to furnish the following technical particulars by the lowest tender without fail after issuing the
work order.
b. Detailed system head calculations including H-Q, P-Q, Efficiency-Q, NPSH-Q etc. curves at various level
conditions in solo and parallel condition superimposed on the system resistance curve, the printed family curve of
the pump model offered shall be furnished along with offer.
c. Detailed calculations showing adequacy of NPSHA having at least 0.5m margin over NPSHR even at lowest water
level condition as has been asked for in the technical specifications of the pumps elsewhere.
Note : To work out the system head on Hazen-William’s formula to arrive out the pipe frictional losses
taking ‘C’ value as 90 for all CI Piping shall be considered (This is completely arbitrary – it is must be fixed
after testing the pipe lines) and for C value of DI as 140. The following ‘K’ values for valves, specials shall be
considered as follows
Sluice Valve: 0.4 Non Return Valves: 2.5 Butterfly Valve: 0.35
Other specials: Guideline as per CPHEEO Manual
Note: Units used for the curves/data shall be as follows (Language shall be in English)
Flow Rate: 715 M3/Hr each (intake), WTP flow rate already specified (clear water pumping not
included in the scope)
Head, NPSH: ---------MWC
Power: -----------------KW
Efficiency: ----------------%
d. The following flow velocities shall be maintained for the pump suction and delivery branches:
Pipe diameter Suction Side Delivery Side

Up to DN 150 mm. 0.6 to 1.0 m/s 1.0 to 1.7 m/s
DN 200 mm. to DN450 mm. 0.8 to 1.2 m/s 1.7 to 1.9 m/s
DN500 mm. to DN1000 mm. 1.0 to 1.5 m/s 1.7 to 2.2 m/s
e. The following pipe specification shall be followed to determine frictional losses in pipelines:
i) For sizes up to DN150, ERW black pipes to IS: 1239 Part-I (Hvy) and IS: 1239 Part-II (Hvy) fittings to be
followed.
ii) For sizes DN200 to DN350, ERW black pipes to IS: 3589 having wall thickness 7.1 mm. and 7.9 mm. for
sizes DN400 to DN500. Fittings shall be fabricated from parent pipes.
f. Obligatory Data & Information to the tenderer to work out the system head for feeding the OHRs. For the purpose
of working out the detailed engineering on various system requirements, the following data and information shall
be applied.
125
For the purpose of working out the detailed engineering on various system requirements, the following data and information
shall be applied.
Sl. No. Description of item Data to be Considered for

Design Purpose
1 Average ground level of site above MSL ±50.00 M
2 Liquid to be handled for pumping Raw Water
3 Turbidity Up to as per test report NTU
4 Temperature 12 ºC to 37 ºC
5 Specific Gravity 1.01
6 No. of Pump Motor set to be installed (2 W + 1 S by ) 1440 M3/hr.
7 Likely supply voltage at plant premises 11KV &415V ± 10%, 50Hz. ±
3%, 3 phase
8 Discharge station flow at duty point 1440 m3/hr. at a head to be
determined by the bidder
9. Suction and delivery common manifold Separate as per site requirement
10 After awarding the job the mechanical drawings shall have to be For approval
submitted with details hydraulics calculation
g. While calculating the pump TDH the tenderer must explicitly specify the length and diameter of pipes and specials
they have selected while taking into account the velocity considerations given earlier in this NIT. The rates quoted
by the tenderer in the BOQ / Price Schedule shall be assumed to be for that particular diameter of pipes, specials
& valves etc. This calculation sheet along with table of pipes and specials should be given after issuing the work
order.
CHAIRMAN
SECTION – J
MECHANICAL WORK
1. O MECHNICAL WORKS
The specification covers the design, manufacture, testing, supply erection and commissioning of the
vertical pumping unit at intake jetty pumping station for Krishnanagar Municipality. The equipment
shall be designed and manufacture and tested in accordance with latest I.S specification and code of
practice published by the Bureau of I.S whenever available.
1.1 SLUICE VALVES
The sluice valves shall be manufactured from closed grain Gray cast iron conforming to IS: 14846 of
the year 2000. Flange ends as per IS: 1538 or as per other standards to match with other flanges.
The Body shall be of CI I.S. 210 FG 200. The delivery side sluice valves shall have by-pass
arrangement but suction side slice vale the by-pass arrangement not acceptable. The seat pressure
shall be 10 kg/cm2 and body pressure shall be 15 kg/cm2. The valves should pass through
126
hydrostatics test for duration of 10 minutes. Materials of construction test certificate & ultrasonic test
report shall be provided during supplies. The sluice valves shall be non-rising/rising-spindle type with
gearing arrangement for easy manual operation and electrical actuator as specified.
1.2 BUTTERFLY VALVES
The butterfly valves shall be CIDF, long wiper type, PN 1.0, conforming to IS 13095 of 1996. The seat
pressure shall be 10 kg/cm2 and body pressure shall be 15 kg/cm2. The valve shall operate smoothly
& steadily in both directions, free from flow-induced vibrations. It should provide tight shut off closures
& shall be suitable for frequent operation as well as from throttled duty conditions. The valve disk
should rotate 90 from full open to full close. The valve disk shall be solid streamlined slab design, and
to have minimum headless. The scat ring shall be replaceable type and to be bolted on the body. The
rubber seal on the disk must be of easy replaceable type with the facility to be replaced at site. The
valve shall have suitable and adequate capacity of gearbox for electrical actuator control with hand
wheel and indicating pointer.
1.3 NON RETURN VALVE
The non-return valves shall be manufactured from closed grain Gray cast iron conforming to IS5312
part I & BSEN 12334. Flange ends as per IS 1538 or as per other standards to match with other
flanges. The body seat shall be of CI / DI. The non-return valves shall have by-pass arrangement
with single door type with quick closing type as required for trip of the pumping unit. The seat pressure
shall be 10 kg/cm2 and body pressure shall be 15 kg/cm2. The valves should pass through
hydrostatics test for duration of 30 minutes. Materials of construction test cet1ificates & ultrasonic test
report shall be provided during supplies. The suction side sluice valves shall be rising-spindle type
with gearing arrangement for easy manual operation.
1.4 DISMANTLING JOINT / RUBBER EXPANSION JOINT

One dismantling joints of diameter equal to diameter of the delivery line of each individual pumping
unit shall be incorporated for easy removal of the valves etc.
1.5 PUMP DELIVERY PIPING AND COMMON DELIVERY MANIFOLD
The pump individual delivery/Suction side piping shall be of suitable designed diameter made from
M.S. of not less than 8 mm thick plates painted both inside and outside by anticorrosive epoxy paints.
The pipes shall be of welded joints and shall consist of necessary companion flanges so as to
connect the piping with the DL Valves/Special of the individual pump delivery branch. The pump
individual delivery side piping shall be connected to the common delivery manifold as per the layout.
Necessary gaskets of suitable thickness shall have to be provided to all flange Joints complete with all
necessary nuts, bolts, washers etc. The length shall be ascertained from the layout and the exact
dimensions of the valves/specials. The Bidder should also provide the necessary arrangements to
encounter the horizontal back thrust and the details as per the pump manufacture's recommendation
shall be clearly indicated in the layout drawing.
The common delivery manifold shall be of requisite diameter and shall be of S. W. M.S. of not less
than 6 mm thick. The common manifold shall have blank flange on both sides/one sides with
adequate stiffening. The length of the manifold must be extended at least one meter on both sides
after the interconnections with the delivery pipe lines from the pumps at the two extreme ends to
provide DJ, B/F valve & blank flange. The maximum distance of the manifold from the outer wall of the
pump house would be within 3m.Pump house dimension = 11.0 m X 7.0 m.
The common delivery manifold shall be provided with one no. Temper proof air release valve (double
throat) suitably placed. The pipe shall be laid underground and shall be painted with anticorrosive
paints at the inside and outside shall be wrapped and coated with corporate of not less than 4mm
thick so as to prevent the pipes from corrosion.
(Necessary surface finish for proper painting and wrapping coating shall be made by the contractor
and careful laying shall be done so as to prevent damages during laying).
1.6 HAND OPERATED OVERHEAD CRANE AT EACH PUMPING STATION
127
Provisions have to be made for a 5.0 M.T. capacity Hand Operated Travelling Crane (H.O.T.) suitable
for inching operation with a lift up to motor floor level and longitudinal travel of 12 M for handing pump,
motor and other accessories. They shall be of reputed make as per vendor list and as approved by
Engineer-in-Charge. Suitable type of crane rails, girders and all other accessories as necessary for
installation and operation of the crane are to be designed and provided by the contractor within the
lump sum pipe quoted. The two travels and two hoists i.e. long cross & main Auxiliary etc. must be
mechanical operation. The buffers must be spring-loaded operation. Suitable vertical clearance is to
be provided over the rail level to the bottom of the roof beam (approx 1.5 M)
1.7 STEEL STRUCTURE
All steel structure shall conform to IS: 226-1962 except for M.S steel plate over 20 mm thickness
which shall conform to IS: 2062-1962. Rails will be carbon or medium manganese steel, conforming to
latest IRS-T-12 or IRS-T-18 specification. For detailing and construction of welded connections all
provisions of IS: 816 (latest) shall apply. All rivets and bolts are to be generally of 20 mm or 22 mm
dia. except where otherwise required or noted. Where no load is shown in the trusses, bracing or
latticed members, minimum 2 nos. 20 mm dia. rivets or equivalent welding to be provided. Bolted
connections shall be provided at temporary sides and ends where extensions are indicated. All
connections are to be riveted, welted or fitted with high strength friction grip bolts except for hand rails
and cat walkways which may be bolted (Black bolts). Unless otherwise stated, all bolts under different
tension are to be provided with one spring washer.
1.9 BOLTS AND NUTS
M.S bolts and nuts shall conform to IS: 1363, 1364 and 1367(latest). All nuts and bolts and
washers coming in contact with shall be galvanized by a process which does not make the threaded
uneven. All bolts, nuts and washer coming in contact with liquid or in corrosive atmosphere shall be
made of S.S 316 or nylon depending upon the nature of the service.
1.10 OPEN THREAD MESH PLANTING
The contractor shall supply and install galvanized (hot dipped after fabrications) mild steel open
thread mesh flooring at pipe trenches and of the rotating bridge decking including all kerbing. The
planting shall be designed to withstand a maximum uniformity distributed shall be designed to
withstand a maximum uniformity distributed load 1000 kg/sq m. The plating shall be divided into
panels weighing not more than 50 kg and each complete with nosing all round. Cut outs shall be
provided and trimmed so that the plating.
1.11 COUPLING
The bidder shall be provided the coupling for motors and pumps together with a suitable guard
complying with BS: 1943 and BSC: 3004. The materials of the guard shall be of anti-spark types.
Couplings shall incorporate all necessary flexibility for axial, lateral and torsion movements to deal
with shock vibrator and driving equipment of the transmitted load.
1.12 JOINING
The joining shall be made with compressible rubber IS: 638 of thickness 3 mm, bolts and nuts. The
bolts and nuts shall be of mild steel and these shall conform to IS: 1362 and 1363 unless otherwise
specified.
1.13 GROUNTING
The bidder shall include in his price all cost of labour and materials for grouting in all fixing ,piping
and etc. at the time of construction. The contractor shall make arrangement for delivery of such items
which will be grouted in the building work in time so that construction work can process smoothly
without hampering of the construction work.
1.14 SUPPORT AND FIXING

128
All supports, fixing bolt, screws, and other fixings shall be provided by the contractor and its price be
inclusive of such items.
1.15 DRIVING UNIT AND SUPPORT
Each driving unit shall be supported on a cast iron or fabricated steel frame on guide rails as
appropriate. The fabricated frame shall be constructed to afford adequate access to the coupling
between the driving motor and driving unit.
1.16 DISIMILAR METALS
Where metals of dissimilar character will required to be used in the construction, precautions should
be taken to prevent deteriorations of the structure due to electrolytic action.
1.17 UNLOADING, HANDLING & STORAGE
The contractor shall be responsible for the delivery at site of all equipment, material and supplies
required for the fulfilment of the contract up to handing over the plant to the ULB. The contractor shall
at his own cost and responsibility transport or shift to plant site, all materials, equipment and other
component furnished for the purpose of this contact. All movement of materials and equipment to and
from storage shall be at the expense of the contractor. Space for storage facilities will be provided by
the ULB at the site as workable. If contractor does not promptly shift and place for use in the
premises, where is the work to be done, any materials, equipment or supplies delivered, the ULB may
be do so , and charge all the cost thereof to the cost thereof the contractor and in any event the ULB
shall not be responsible for any damages, arising out of ,or in any connected with each shifting, or
placing of the same. The bidder shall after further shifting or placing of the same. The contractor
further after shifting, unpack the materials , verify the contents against invoice and notify storage or
breakage to the engineer within one week of the receipt of materials and equipment at site, failing
which the contractor held responsible for any consequence. If required by the engineer, the plan
method of transportation of equipment shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval. This approval
shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval. This approval shall not relive the Bidder of any
responsibilities for the safety of the Equipment and personnel.
1.18 BIDDER OBLIGATIONS
Over and above the responsibilities of the contractor stipulated in the documents, following obligation
fulfilled by the bidder.
The contractor shall satisfy the Engineer that adequate provision has been made
d) To carry out his instruction fully and with prompt attitude.

e) To ensure that parts required to be inspected before use are not use before inspection and to
ensure that adequate supervision is provide at all stages of the work and each portion of the
work and each portion of the work is checked before erection.
The contractor shall make necessary arrangement including provision of suitable space and facilities
for testing, for inspection at any stage of manufacture of plant and equipment by the Engineer or his
authorize representative as and when deemed necessary by the Engineer; the time schedule for any
inspection will, however, follow the inspection scheduled suggested by the contractor and agreed
upon by the Engineer during scrutiny of the delivery plain. Irrespective of any inspection and tests
made by the Engineer the contractor shall be entirely responsible for the execution of the testing or
inspection. At least 21 days’ notice shall be required for the inspection to be carried out.
1.19 SHOP TEST
Shop test shall include all tests to be carried out at Bidder’s work, works of his agent at manufactures
works and at works where raw materials supplied for manufacture of equipment
129
The test to be carried out shall not be limited to the tests mentioned bellow:
67.0 Composition of all materials, casting, forgings etc.

68.0 Hydraulics test for pressure vessels, tanks, pumps casting etc.
69.0 Hydraulics test for valves, specials etc.
70.0 Test to check in faults in rubber lining as per IS: 4682 or its equivalent and painting.
71.0 Static and dynamic balancing of the impellers.
72.0 Performance test of (Head, Capacity, and BHP) pump (all type) and air blower.
73.0 Test on motors as per IS: 4029, IS: 325.
74.0 Other test that may be provided in different I.S.S
75.0 Other test provided elsewhere in the Bid.
76.0 Any other tests considered necessary by the Engineer.
77.0 All test certificate and reports shall be submitted to the S.E for approval. All test are normally
carried out in presence of the Engineer or his Authorized Representative. However, waiver
may be allowed in specific by the Engineer at his discretion.
78.0 The engineer or his Representative shall be given to full access to witness the test. The
contractor shall inform the S.E allowing adequate time so that E.I.C or his Representative can
witness the test. The manufacturer / Bidder has to bear relevant costs of such inspection by
two Representatives of MED/ULB to the manufacturer’s factory and arrange accommodation
& to and fro return ticket (as per eligibility).
79.0 No component or equipment shall be despatched unless accompanied by approval & test
certificate and report. The approval shall be given provided the corresponding drawings/
technical particulars are already approved and the Engineer or his Representative agents
have witnessed the test or a letter of inspection waiver is issued by the E.I.C
1.20 SITE TEST
After erection at site, all components / equipment as described below shall be tested to prove
satisfactorily performance and / or fulfilment of functional requirement without showing of defect as
individual equipment and as well as a system. The bidder makes all arrangement for testing and
informs the Engineer for witnessing the following tests, which again, are not exhaustive.
a. All pipes and fittings and valves, after installation will be tested hydraulically at a pressure (as
per relevant IS), at least 1.5 times the maximum attainable pressure in the system, to check
against leakage & tightness.
b. All manual operated valves /gates shall be operated throughout 100 %, of the travel and
these should be function without any trouble.
c. All pump motor shall be run with the specified fluid from shut off conditions to valve wide
open. During the test condition the pump motor set shall run without any production of undue
vibration, leakage through gland, temperature rising in bearing part, noise, flow pulsation etc.
d. . Visual check on all structural components , welding , riveting rubber lining, FRP lining etc.
and if doubt rise will be tested again.
e. All hoist and its components shall be subjected to double the full working load during all
motions without showing any distress.
f. All test instrument and equipment duly calibrated shall be furnished by the bidder to the
satisfaction of E.I.C
1.21 COMMISSIONING AND PERFORMANCE TESTS
The contractor shall undertake the complete responsibility for successful erection and commissioning
of the plant and demonstrate successful performance test.
The commissioning of the plant shall be involve the following steps of operation
a. Testing of each unit on no load, to make complete to check complete check of its mechanical
operation, alignment, clearance and rigidity and making necessary adjustment or alteration
130
required to make such unit properly mechanically with tolerable vibration and sound levels,
tolerance being reduced for no load operation.
b. After the mechanical check has been made, as stated above the equipment shall be
energized and run progressively from no load to full load within limits of vibration and sound
etc.
c. Therefore trial run of the plant under completion shall be taken at normal load operating
condition for which the respective plant is designed for.
d. The initial performance test shall be carried out at least 24 hour continuous operation.
1.22ELECTRICAL ACTUATOR
The delivery side sluice valves and the butterfly valves shall be electrically operated auto / manual
syncropak/syncroset type actuator with local remote control system and each shall be completed with
suitable head stock, motor, starter with reversing control gear, limit switch, torque switch shall be fitted
on an indicator board showing the exact amount of valve opening. They will also automatically cut off
at the extreme end of valve gate travel. The valve shall also be provided with necessary arrangement
for operating the valve manually in case of emergency. The safety interlock switch will automatically
cut off the current in case the valve is operated manually. Self-powered local and remote digital
display of percentage opening of the valves is to be incorporated.
DATA
a. Make
b. Type
c. Capacity with rating of Motors
d. Whether provided with limit & Torque Switches, if so, torque limit
e. Protection Group (IP)
f. Whether suitable for outdoor & temporary submergence duty/indoor type
g. Whether equipped with suitable component & termination arrangement for transmitting
signals for displaying valve opening % indicating in the valve opening indication meters.
I.S Standard to which it conforms
1.23 Temper proof Kinetic air release valve
The temper proof kinetic air release valve valves shall be manufactured from cast iron
conforming to IS: 14845 of the year 2000. The Body shall be of C l I .S. 210 FG 200. The valves
shall have small orifice with bronze ball and larger ball will be made of SS and seal ring will be natural
rubber arrangement. The body pressure shall be 15 kg/cm2. The valves should pass through
hydrostatics test for duration of 30 minutes. Materials of construction test certificate & ultrasonic test
report shall be provided during supplies. No leakages of water takes place at the time of running and
have to be maintenance free longer life.
1.24 Flow meter
To measure the flow from the pumping station and recording arrangement shall have to be placed in
the delivery main and also transmit the sense to the recording arrangement. This will be placed over
the ground or the underground.
CHAIRMAN
SECTION-K
Motor control panel and power distribution panel

1.0. GENERAL
131
The motor control panel cum power distribution board is intended to receive electrical power, effectively control the
motor operation having facility both local manual operations of the motors at suitable places located nearer to the
individual motors and remote operation of the motor from the composite remote control panel, providing against
mal functioning of the motor as well as to protect downstream load from the system fault and to distribute power to
the other areas of activities.
The design manufacture and testing commissioning of MCC cum PDB with various components / equipment
thereof covered by this specification shall comply with the latest issue of I S Specification and I.E Rules.
2.0. TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION OF MEDIUM VOLTAGE PANEL AT INTAKE PUMPING STATION
Medium voltage Panel is required to provide power to motor feeder, valve actuators, internal & external
illumination purpose etc. The panel shall be suitable for 415 ± 10%, 50Hz ± 3%, 3 phase, 4-wire supply system
and Degree of Protection IP-45& 50KA breaking capacity. The MV panel shall be 2 mm. CRCA sheet steel
enclosed, floor mounted type, self-supporting, fully compartmentalized, dust proof, cubicle pattern draw out/ non
draw out type and all the compartments would be interlocked in such a way ,the door could not be opened unless
the switch is in OFF position. It shall be finished painted with powder-coated paint after necessary chemical
treatment for rust free surfaces and application of anti-rust chemical coating. The base frame of the panel shall be
made of ISMC-75 channel. The panel shall be dead-front type with concealed type hinged doors at front and
bolted cavers at the rear. It shall have rear access and the cable termination arrangement shall be provided at the
rear of the respective feeder modules where type undrilled cable gland plates would be provided for this purpose.
The vertical dropper bus bars shall be placed in between two vertical aligned feeder modules. The bus for the
panel shall be made of E91E graded Aluminium alloy insulated with 1.1 KV grade heat shrink type PVC colour
coded sleeve. The rating of the bus bar shall be below the 1000A then traditional System R Y B shall be adopted.
Interleaved bus bar(R-Y-B-R-Y-B instead of RR-YY-BB) shall have to be provided for each phase and neutral at
the top of the chamber continuous to avoid skin effect and proximity effect and also avoid unnecessary heat
development, this system shall be adopted when the connected load 1000 amp onwards. The current density of
the bus bars shall not exceed 1 Amp/Sq.mm The bus bars shall be supported on non-hygroscopic type resin
modulated insulators and the distance between insulators shall be so designed to make the bus bar system
capable of withstanding a short Circuit fault current of 50KA (r.m.s) far 1 Sec. Two cut out should be provided at
the top bus chamber and covered with plate for future extension purpose. The front bus bar chamber shall be fully
shrouded to avoid accidental contact with the live bus bars. The minimum clearance between bus bars and bus
bar to earth shall be as per I.S specifications. Incoming Breaker termination shall be done with extended bus bar
arrangement. The cable termination chamber shall be provided with cable supporting clamps. Each incoming
Breaker shall receive 4 nos. 1.1 KV 3.5 core not less than 400 mm armoured Al Cable. For outgoing feeder the
cable allay shall have to be provided in such a fashion that the cable will be taken out easily. The control wiring of
the panel shall be done with 1.1 kV made PVC insulated, 2.5 sq.mm flexible copper wires with finned copper lugs
and ferule marking at each end. Wire bunches routed through horizontal and vertical wire ways which provide
support and order. All hinged door shall be earthed with flexible copper wire. Lifting arrangement should be
provided for lifting the panel at the top of the panel.2 nos. space heaters with rotary switch shall be provided in
bottom of the panel board.
All sheet metal shall be thoroughly dilated for de-rusting, resealing and shall be painted with two coats of red oxide
primer prior to final painting. Final painting would be done by synthetic enamel paint.
The Incoming side comprising with the followings for each Air Circuit Breaker (ACB) (When accumulated
load above 75 KW)
One (1) Number incomer 1250 A ACB will be electrically operated draw out type 4 pole ACB breaking capacity
50KA and quick make break with trip free mechanism with the followings for intake jetty pumping station feeder.
• 1 no -96 sq. mm flushes mounted type (higher then breaker amp) Ammeter with selector switch and CTs. (Breaker
Amp/5 Amp)
• 1 no -96 sq. mm flushes mounted type 0-500 V Voltmeter with selector switch and protection fuses.
• 1 no -96 sq. mm flush mounted type Power factor Meter.
• 1 no -digital feeder protective relay with the function 3 phase over current & earth fault relay with high set
• 3 nos. - Universal Voltage LEDs indicator for breaker on.
• 1 no- Circuit identification label
• 1 no.- Universal voltage LEDs indicator for breaker trip & trip set reset button
The outgoing side comprising with the followings for each (When the motor rating exceeding above 75 KW)
Air circuit Breaker (ACB)
132
Minimum 400 Amps / 2 to 2.5 times of rated current of the motor, Hand operated draw-out type 4 poles ACB breaking
capacity 50KA and quick make break with trip free mechanism for motor control purpose with the followings for each breaker
unit.
• 1 no -digital motor protection relay with voltage input with the function IDMT feature
• 3 nos.- Universal voltage LEDs indicator for breaker on.
• 1 no.- Universal voltage LEDs indicator for breaker trip& trip set reset button.
• 1 no. 96 sq. mm flushes mounted type (higher the breaker Amp) Ammeter with selector switch and CTs. (Breaker
Amp/5Amp)
Moulded case circuit breaker (MCCB) (When accumulated load bellow 75 KW)
One (1) no 2 to 2.5 times of rated current of the motor Amps, rotary handle Hand operated non draw-out type 4 pole MCCB
breaking capacity 50KA and quick make break with trip free mechanism with thermal & under voltage release with the
followings for each feeder.
• 1 no -96 sq. mm flushes mounted type (higher then breaker amp) Ammeter with selector switch and CTs. (Breaker
Amp/5 Amp)
• 1 no. - Universal voltage LEDs indicator for breaker trip& trip set reset button.
• 3 nos.- Universal voltage LEDs indicator for breaker on.
Soft starter heavy duty with bypasses arrangement (When accumulated load above 90 KW)
A heavy duty soft starter shall have to be placed to ensure the absolute best possible stop of pumps without water hammer
and to control the pressure surges and thereby avoiding unnecessary downtime. The following features shall have to be
required to smooth control the pump motor units,
a. Three phase controlled
b. Operational voltage 208 - 690 V
c. Wide rated control supply voltage 100 – 250 V , 50/ 60 Hz
d. Bypass arrangement
e. Anti corrosive protection arrangement
Auto transformer starter (ATS) for each motor (when motor KW exceeding 50 KW)
Air break fully autotransformer starter shall be equipped with automatic contractor (rating of the contractor selection –
utilization category-AC-4and rating shall be 2 to 3 times of the motor full load current with necessary potential free auxiliary
contractor and hold on coil voltage 220/240 volt.) suitable for starting and running of the motor. Natural / oil cooled
autotransformer, suitable for motor starting duty, 6 start per hour with 65%,75%and 85% tapping with first filling of oil. 3-12
second time delay timer for automatic change over from reduced voltage to full voltage by adopting “watch dog circuit”
theory. 3-20 second time delay timer for the protection if the changeover not occurred. Start stop push button will be
interlocked in such a fashion that the start push button shall not be functioned at running condition of the motor until unless
motor stop. . Suitable rated control fuses. CT operated thermal over load relay. Relay for single phase, under and over
voltage, phase reversal protection. Universal voltage LEDs indicating lamp for start stop and trip. Set reset push button.
Suitable rating Ammeter with selector switch, Temperature scanner/recorder connection with BTD &RTD motor 10+2 +
spare channel with tripping device which trip the motor.
Another set of contractor(rating of the contractor selection – utilization category-AC-4 and rating shall be withstand heavy
duty capacitor surge current with necessary potential free auxiliary contractor and hold on coil voltage 220/240 volt.) shall be
provided for inter connecting the capacitor bank. The hold on coil of the contactor shall be connected with the timer circuit in
such a manner that the capacitor will be on covering the accelerating time of the motor.
The heavy duty capacitor bank shall be in house / outside with the panel board after considering site condition and as per
direction of EIC.
Motor Protection Circuit Breaker (MPCB)/ Moulded case circuit breaker (MCCB) for each motor feeder (bellow 50
KW)
2 to 2.5 times of motor full load Amp.3 pole N-linked MPCB with short circuit & over load protection (Rotary Knob Type) of
breaking capacity 50KA with trip indicating auxiliary contact with universal voltage LED indicating lamp with under voltage
release 230V AC and door coupling handle including shaft with front mounting type auxiliary contact 1NO+1NC.for motor
133
control purpose with the followings for each breaker unit. The capacitor bank shall be in house / outside with the panel board
after considering site condition and as per direction of EIC.
• 3 nos. - Universal voltage LEDs indicator lamp for on of the motor protection breaker (MPCB).
• 1 no.- 96 sq. mm flushes mounted type (higher than the breaker rating) Ammeter with selector switch and
CTs.(breaker Amp/5 amp)
• 1 no. - Universal voltage LEDs indicator for breaker trip& trip set reset button.
Fully Automatic Star-Delta starter (FASD) (when motor KW bellow 30 KW) for each motor
Three (3) nos. air break contactor (rating of the contractor selection – utilization category-AC-4 and rating shall be 2 to 3
times of the motor full load current with necessary potential free auxiliary contractor and hold on coil voltage 220/240 volt.)
shall have to be connected with the 6 nos. lead of the motor terminals for forming the star-delta starter suitable for motor
starting duty, 6 start per hour. 3-12 second time delay timer for automatic change over from star connection to delta
connection. Start stop push button will be interlocked in such a fashion that the start push button shall not be functioned at
running condition of the motor until unless motor stop. Suitable rated control fuses. Suitable thermal over load relay range
with 1 OFF and reset type, Relay for single phase, under and over voltage, phase reversal protection shall have to be
incorporated in the circuit. Universal voltage LEDs indicating lamp for start stop and trip. Set reset push button.
Another set of contractor(rating of the contractor selection – utilization category-AC-4 and rating shall be withstand capacitor
surge current with necessary potential free auxiliary contractor and hold on coil voltage 220/240 volt.) shall be provided for
inter connecting the capacitor bank. The hold on coil of the contactor shall be connected with the timer circuit in such a
manner that the capacitor will be on covering the accelerating time of the motor.
The heavy duty capacitor bank shall be in house / outside with the panel board after considering site condition and as per
direction of EIC.
Moulded case circuit breaker (MCCB)/ Motor protection circuit breaker (MPCB) for each Motor feeder motor Rating
bellow 3KW
2to 2.5 times full load current of the motor Amp.3 pole N-linked MCCB with short circuit & over load protection(Rotary Knob
Type) of breaking capacity 50 KA with microprocessor based release with auxiliary NO+NC contact, under voltage
release240V AC door coupling rotary handle with extension shaft with the followings for each MCCB
• 3 nos.- Universal voltage LEDs indicator lamp for ON (MCCB).

• 1 no. 96 sq. mm flushes mounted type (higher the breaker rating) Ammeter with selector switch
• 1 nos.- Universal voltage LEDs indicator for breaker trip& trip set reset button.
Direct on line starter (DOL) for each motor
Direct on line starter with single phase protection feature and also thermal overload relay range of ON/ OFF and reset type.
The contractor rating will be such a manner that have to withstand the full load current of the motor as well as starting
current 7 to 8 times of the full load current of the motor and starting duty 6 start per hour. Start- stop push button will be
interlocked in such a fashion that the start push button shall not be functioned at running condition of the motor until unless
motor stop .
MCCB for different feeder
Number and Amp (calculated according site condition) 3 pole N-linked MCCB for illumination and spare with the followings
for each unit.
• 3 nos.- Universal voltage LEDs indicator lamp for on .

• 1 no. 96 sq. mm flushes mounted type 50 Ammeter with selector switch
3.0. Checklist of Medium voltage panel being offered (Submitted by the successful bidder after issuing the
work order)
134
A. Make :
B. Rated voltage / Rated current : 415Volt Amp
C. Short circuit current withstand
Capacity In KA : 50 KA
D. Sheet Steel Thickness :
E. Degree of Protection. : IP-54
F. Busbar Rating &Breaking Capacity 50 KA : ------ Amp.
G. Busbar type :
Incomer
H. Incomer Type : ACB / MCCB
I. Rating of the incomer : -------- volt, ------- amp.
J. Number of Incomer : One / Two
Relay
J. Protective relay Type : Draw out / Non draw out type
K. Relay voltage :
L. Relay feature (O.C & E.F) : Yes /no
M. Used in feeder Incomer/ motor : yes / no
Bus coupler
N. Rating of the bus coupler : ------- amp.
Outgoing feeder
O. Outgoing Type : ACB / MCCB /MPCB
P. Nos. of outgoing :
Q. Rating of the outgoing : -------- volt, ------- amp
R. Starting device in built or not : No / Yes (if yes)
S. Type of starter : Star-Delta / ATS / DOL
T. Protective relay Type (Motor) :
U. Capacitor reactor bank (Motor) : Individual / Bank
V. Switch fuse unit Number &rating :
W. Cable alley Number & Position :
X. Size Length Breadth Width in mm :
4.0. Testing (In presence of Dept. Eng,)
• Visual inspection for checking the panel components its voltage, current rating breaking capacity etc. as per
approved drawing.
• The insulation test as Indian Electricity Rule
• The Relay tripping test as per specification
• The contractor shall supply 6 copies of certified copies of test report (factory)
5.0. INSTALLATION
5.1. Transport of materials from store to erection site
5.2. After opening the packing case, inspection of materials is required, if any damaged is occurred during
transportation necessary rectification is to be done, if require touch up paint should be done where necessary.
5.3. All alignment levelling grouting anchoring and adjustment including inter panel locking as necessary in accordance
with manufactures Any chipping / levelling insertion of packing plates minor attendance of board internals etc, as
necessary for the above is in bidder scope.
5.4. Retightening the busbar and rechecking of the control panel wiring are in the bidder scope.
6.0. NUMBER OF PANEL
The MCC shall be provided with spare outgoing feeder as detailed bellow of followed the above technical specification and
feed from the PDB.
1. Intake jetty pumping station 1 no

135
2. Substation LTPDB panel 1 no
The above mentioned MCC panel feed from a PDB panel shall be placed in a convenient position of the intake jetty pumping
station. The caballing / earthing of the individual panel is in the bidder scope. The receiving of the power through cabling
from HT substation in the area of intake pumping station is in the bidder scope.
. 7.0 CABLING
7.1. GENERAL
At the time of designing the HT cable the short ckt. Current of the 350 MVA system fault level shall have to be considered.
The voltage grade of the cable will be 11 KV grade stranded aluminium conductor PVC insulated armoured. All LT Cable
power cable shall be 1.1 KV grade stranded aluminium conductor PVC insulated armoured and the control cable shall be of
copper conductor, PVC insulated, armoured/XLPE insulated armoured. All power cable and control cable shall be laid neatly
in covered masonry trench, fabricated cable trays. While selecting the cable size suitable de-rating factor shall be
considered. Tenderer shall furnish a cable lamination plan giving type, size and length of the cable proposed to be used.
Cables used for clarifier power supply shall have at least one spare cable shall have to be draw. Both the free end of the
cable shall be properly sealed protection against damaged.
All cables within buildings shall be laid neatly on wall or on trays as the case may be and shall be readily accessible for
inspection or replacement.
The LT control cable shall be of 660 volt grade, PVC 1.5/2.5 sq.mm multi stranded, multi-core screened cable of electrolytic
copper conductor. Two spare cores shall have to left for future provision
7.2. Cables and laying
The cables shall be 1.1 KV grade for LT 3.5/3 2/1 core XLPE AL conductor cable of suitable size and length as per
requirement for electrical loading. The selection of the size of the cable will be considering voltage drop, 1.5-2 times of the
normal current drawl by the load and de-rate factor of the cable when laid in ground, cable spacing and temperature of the
ambient. All cable should as per relevant ISS specification. The cable will be ,if, necessary laid in underground trenches
dimension for trench must be 450 mm width x 760 mm average depth, with brick protection on the top of the cable with 16
nos. bricks per meter and filling up the trenches with shifted soil, levelling up and restoring the surface to the satisfaction of
the Engineer-in-Charge. Where cable is laid in masonry trench/metal trays, the cable trenches (when applicable) shall be
filled up with sand or covered with chequered plate/RCC slab according to the direction of Engineer-in-Charge. Where
necessary cables shall be supported on clamps of approved type and shall be properly protected with G.I. conduit or other
protective covering as per direction of Engineer-in-Charge. Length of each type of cable should be assessed from G.A.
drawing as well as physical verification from site.
7.3. GLAND& SOCKETS
7.3.1. For weather proof entry of armoured power & control cable through plain holes on equipment gland plate
(Minimum threaded length 12 mm) threaded (ET) holes on equipment body / casing heavy duty brass machine
finished & tined , double compression (as per BS 6121) thickness of plating not less than 10 mm. All washers and
hardware will be on tin plated brass. Rubber components shall be of neoprene tested quality.
7.3.2. The socket shall be Dowell (Mumbai) make solder less crimping type tubular / sockets ring / fork ring / pin type
tinned copper for power cable termination . Nylon straps, aluminium cable tags, plastic ferrules (Yellow with black
engraving) coloured insulation sleeves and tapes and all other necessary termination accessories, hardware‟s and
consumable will have to be provided.
7.3.3. The socketing can be done by hydraulic punching machine and gland plate hole shall have to be made by drilling
machine.
8.0. WIRE MATERIALS OF ELECTRIFICATION
The wire for electrification indoor & outdoor should be PVC aluminium fire proof & weather proof sheathed wire. PVC conduit
wiring should be done for electrification the pump house, HT substation room in such a manner that illumination level will be
suitable for night maintenance work i.e. 120-200 lux. The ceiling fan (48 inch, 52 inch) with electronic regulator, exhaust fan
of 450mm size, man cooler fan for each motor and other luminary should be provided as per direction of E.I.C. The wiring
should be done by using distribution box and loading of one circuit never greater than 8 points as per I.E rules. Necessary
power plug point shall have to be provided as per direction of E.I.C. All luminaries‟ fittings shall be industrial corrosion proof.
.
9.0. EARTHING
136
The total electrical installation shall be effectively earthed by providing earthing arrangement. Each earthing station shall
consists of 2 (two)G.I pipe of 40 mm dia. and 3.50 meter length sufficiently deep from the ground level and 2 meter away
from the any civil structure and shall be acceptable any front side of the buildings and minimum distance between two the
earthing station shall be maintained 3meter. The nos. of earthing station shall have to be done until unless the earth
resistance value bellow 1 ohms.
Preparation of earth pit with necessary excavation and ground compaction/ foundation work with required masonry / bricks
works including precast removable pit cover& necessary supply of coke breeze or charcoal, salt bricks, cement aggregates,
gravels& sand. Making required hole in pit and wall for conductor with necessary hardware non corrosive type clamp nuts
bolts etc. shall be provided.
After preparations of the pit underground horizontal counter poise (40mm MS rod) to be laid of a depth generally 1500 mm
bellow the ground level or a greater depth as may be encounter to suit the site condition. Necessary drilling / digging for
installation of UG vertical electrode and connection with horizontal counter poise to be done at four sides of the pump
house. The riser pig tail from ground grid shall consists of one no 40 mm dia. rod / GI flat and shall be projected 300 mm
above the ground level for location . All ground conductor connection below ground level shall be made of electric arc
welding of 25 mm X 6 mm copper flat (necessary equivalent G.I flat as use of copper is restricted by G.O.I) All UG welded
joints shall be treated with red led paint and afterwards should be coated with bituminous paint to prevent corrosion.
After installation of UG earthing network, back filling with suitable soil up to required level and compaction to be done. Back
filling soil may be required to carry from nearly place / excavated soil.
Chipping / Floor finishing as necessary to ensure that over ground earthing conductor is bellow finished floor already exists.
All the electrical equipment shall have to be two separate earthing connection from the Ring main by 25 mm X 3 mm copper
flat (necessary equivalent G.I flat as use of copper is restricted by G.O.I). No welding shall be allowed in the earth G.I flat. A
separate neutral earthing of transformer arrangement shall have to be provided by the bidder.
10.0 TUBE LIGHT FITTINGS (LED)
The tube light fittings should be industrial corrosion proof with lamp and their fittings and fixing wiring should be done as per
direction of EIC .Tube light fittings shall be single tube light. Each room shall be illuminated minimum 4 nos. Tube light
fittings but 12 nos. of twin tube light fittings shall be provided for illuminating the pump room.
11.0 YARD LIGHTING FOR INTAKE
For yard lighting arrangement 120W street light LED fittings 9 M swan neck MS pole placing 9 M along the 5 M width road
and post top lantern type light fittings shall be use where road width below the 5 M. Post top lantern type LED fittings shall
be of Philips fittings or Crompton make post top lantern/ decorative light fitting. All post top lantern shall be mounted on
76Nb GI medium pipe poles 7 M which shall be installed all along the roads at an average interval of 7 M. Pipe poles shall
be buried in the ground with proper solid PCC foundation. Each pole shall be securely earthed with one 40mm dia. GI pipe
earth electrode and 7/14 SWG GI wire. Junction box with rewritable fuse for pipe pole shall be mounted above HFL.
12.0 TESTING COMMISSIONING
After completion of erection work test shall be conducted as per relevant applicable rules and regulations and as per
instruction of EIC. Temporary arrangement of electrical connection if necessary for the test shall be provided by the
contractor including required instruments, tools & tackles, supervisory personnel and labour, the contractor shall record and
furnish the test result in agreed format as per direction of EIC.
a) Mugger Test
b) HV Test
c) Primary & secondary current injection test
13.0 CEILING FAN

Minimum 2 Nos. 1200 mm sweep ceiling fans are to be provided with electronic regulator and necessary wirings and clamps
and down rod etc. In each room of the substation.
14.0 EXHAUST FAN
The exhaust fan should be of 450 mm with the louvers with necessary wiring etc as per direction of EIC. Necessary holes
are required to be done. Minimum 2 Nos. Exhaust fan are to be provided in each room minimum 6 Nos. fan for intake
pumping station.
15.0 FIRE EXTINGUSHER

Fire extinguisher (Dry type) of 4 numbers with same sand bucket shall be provided in each panel room for fire management
purpose, shock treatment chart and rubber mat.
137
CHAIRMAN
SECTION – L
ELICTRICAL MOTOR WORKS
1.0 GENERAL:
The specification covers the design, manufacture, testing, supply erection and commissioning of the electrical motor
for the intake jetty pumping station at Krishanagar, Nadia. The equipment shall be designed and manufacture and
tested in accordance with latest I.S specification and code of practice published by the Bureau of I.S whenever
available.The Electrical equipment shall also conform to latest I.E Rules as regard safety, earthing etc.
System particulars:
 Voltage 415 Volt ±10%
 Frequency 50 Hz ± 3%
 Climatic condition Tropicalized, Humid & Dusty
 Max Ambient Temp. 45 degree centigrade
 Annual Rainfall 100 mm (approx.)
 Elevation within 500 M MSL
2.0 MOTORS
2.1 This specification covers the general requirements of the drive motors.
2.2 Motor shall be furnished in accordance with both this general specification and the accompanying
driven equipment specification.
2.3 In case of any discrepancy, the driven equipment specification shall be given.
3.0 STANDARDS
3.1 All motors shall conform to the latest applicable IS/BS/DIN publications. All the motors should be
of ESF-1 category with an efficiency range of 96% and above.
3.2 The Motor shall be suitable for operation is hot humid, tropical atmosphere in polluted area.
3.3 Motors shall be deemed to be installed outdoor and exposed to 100% humidity constantly. The
effect therefore shall be considered in the determination of the design.
3.4 The drive electrical motors shall be of squirrel cage induction type horizontal/Vertical axis to suit
the size of the pump and shall be able to drive the pumps. The rating of the motor shall not be less
than (for vertical pumping unit 20 – 30 % 0f the pump BHP or suggested by the Pump manufacturer)
138
of 415 V±10%, 3 phase, 50 Hz±3 %, designed RPM (Synchronised) and also suitable for drive the
pumping units.
3.5 All the motors shall be rated for continuous Duty operation (Duty:S1 as specified in IS 325
1978).However, due to the operational schedule of the pumping station , the pump motor unit may
demand for 8/10 start and stop in a day with minimum time gap of 20 minutes for one stop after
prolong operation and restart the same. The motor shall also be capable of one immediate hot restart
and three equi-space starts per hour. The motor shall also be suitable for long period of inactivity.
3.6 The motor characteristic shall match the requirements of the driven equipment so that adequate
starting torque, accelerating, pull up, break down and full load torques are available for the intended
service. It shall be drip and splash proof protected and well ventilated/ Totally enclosed fan cooled
3.7 The motors shall be capable of working satisfactorily at full load for 5 minutes without injurious
heating at 75% rated voltage at motor terminals.
3.8 Motor shall be designed for Autotransformer/Star-Delta/Direct on line starting device of 60% or
85% of full voltage. Starting current shall not exceed 2 to 3 times full load current for all auxiliaries
subject to tolerance (IS)
3.9 Motor shall be designed for Star-Delta starting device of 57.7% of full voltage. Starting current
shall not exceed 3 to 4 times full load current for all auxiliaries subject to I S tolerance.
3.10 Motor shall start with rated load and accelerate to full speed with rated voltage and accelerating time
of the motor should not be more than 2 to 3 second.
3.11 The locked motor withstand time under hot condition at 110% rated voltage shall be more than
motor starting time by at least 2.5 sec .
3.12 All motor enclosures shall be screen protected (SPDP)/ Totally enclosed fan cooled (TEFC) and
conform to the degree of protection IP55
3.13 The stator windings shall be of class F insulation to ensure trouble free operation in an atmosphere
where the relative humidity shall consistently be near to at 100%.The stator windings should have
uniform machine wound single/ double layer formed coils with electrolytic grade copper conductors
(99.9%)
3.14 The stator core is to be built up on low loss cold rolled dynamic grade laminated steel sheet insulated
from one another by a thin layers of high heat resistant varnish-ventilated are to be provided to
increase the cooling efficiency in the core protection.
3.15 Two numbers of axial fans are used and proper gap at the top and bottom of the motors for easy air
exist. The motors are to be dynamically balanced with all the fans and with full key in the shaft
extension, if required.
3.16 Motors shall be provided with antifriction bearings grease lubricated at both ends. Bearings shall be
provided with seal to prevent leakage of lubricants or entrance of foreign matters like dirt water etc. in
to the bearings area.
3.17 Grease lubricated bearings shall be pre-lubricated and shall have provisions for in service positive
lubrication with drain to guard against over lubrication. Lubrication shall not detoriate under all
service conditions. The lubricants shall be limited to normally available type IOC or equivalent.
3.18 The motors (above than 75 KW) are to be provided with 10 nos. +2 nos. platinum type resistance
temperature detector PT100 type (recommendation by the motor manufacturer). The leads of this
RTD‟s and BTD‟s are to be brought out in a separate terminal box. Over voltage fuses are to be
provided for each RTD‟ & BTD terminals for connecting the alarm & trip connection.
3.19 The noise level shall not exceed 5 micron at 1.5 M away from the motor in full load condition. The
peak amplitude of the vibration shall be within IS specification (IS: 11724) limit.
3.20 Motor terminals box shall be detachable type and located in accordance with IS. It should be suitable
for terminating 2 nos. 1.1 KV grade PVC (AL) conductor armoured cable alongwith the lead cable for
P.F improving capacitor may be connected, if required. No compound should be used in terminals
box for easy handling. The terminals box shall be capable of withstanding maximum system fault
current for duration of ¼ th Cycle. The terminal box shall be clearly identified by phase markings with
corresponding direction of rotation marked on the non-driving end of the motor.
3.21 The motor should have provided with ratchet mechanism to prevent reverse direction of rotation.
3.22 The frame of (higher rating as per IS motor) Motor shall be provided with space heater suitably
located for easy removal or replacement. The space heater shall be rated 240 Volt single phase 50
Hz and size to maintain the motor internal temperature above dew point when the motor is idle.
139
3.23 The frame of each motor shall be provided with separate and distinct grounding pads complete
withtapped hole, GI bolts & washer. The grounding connection shall be suitable for accommodation
of ground conductor 50 X 6 or 25X 3 mm GI flat.
3.24 Motor shall have drain plug so located that they will drain the water, resulting from the condensation
or other cause from all pockets of the motor casing.
3.25 Motor shall be provided with eye bolts or other adequate provision of lifting.
3.26 The motor frame shall be designed to permit easy access for drilling holes through motor feet or
mounting flange for installation of dowels pin after final alignment of the motor and driven equipment.
3.27 The rating plate of the motor should be containing clearly output in KW, stator voltage, stator
connection, stator current, frequency, RPM, at full load temperature rise, type of motor name & year
of manufacturing, name of manufacture, numbers of pole, slip, and weight of the motor etc.
3.28 Motor including fan shall be painted with corrosion proof paint.
4.0 CHECK LIST OF THE MOTORS BEEING OFFERED

(Submitted by the successful bidder before issuing the work order)
General
1. Manufacture :
2. Rated output in KW /HP :
3. Numbers of pole :
4. Speed :
5. Numbers offered :
6. Approx. weight of the motor :
7. Painting :
8. Earth terminal lifting lug provided : Yes / No
9. Type of enclosure :
10. Installation : Horizontal / Vertical
11. Shaft orientation and mounting :
12. Degree of Protection :
13. Technical leaflet /literature provide : Yes / No
14. Type of duty & duty designation :
15. Whether the motor is capable for
Operation after one hot restart
And/ or equi-space hourly restart : Yes. /No
Supply condition
16. Rated Voltage (Volts) :
17. Allowable Variation of voltage (%) :
18. Frequency (Hz) :
19. Allowable Variation of frequency (%) :
20. Number of phases :
21. Stator connection :
Currents
22. Full load current :
23. No load current :
24. Starting current (%) of full load current :
Efficiency
25. Full Load Efficiency :
26. Efficiency at 75 % of load :
27. Efficiency at 50 % of load :
Power Factor
28. Full load power factor :
140
29. No load power factor :
30. Power factor at 75 % load :
31. Power factor at 50 % load :
Method of starting
32. Direct on line start :
33. Star-Delta start :
34. Auto-transformer start :
Torque
35. Starting Torque (% of full load Torque) :
36. Maximum Torque (% of full load Torque) :
Acceleration time (Second) from dead stop

37. with 100% Terminal voltage :
38. with 85% Terminal voltage :
39. Safe stall time :
Class of insulation
40. Reference Temperature (Ambient) Degree
Centigrade
41. Temperature rise in Degree Centigrade by
Resistance method & class in which limited:
Space Heaters (Present or Not)
42. Number
43. Rating (watt)
44. Voltage, phase& frequency
45. Whether separate terminal box provided for:
Bearings
46. Driving end
47. Non Driving end
48. Anticipated life (hours)
49. Recommended lubricants & Qty.
50. Whether separate lubricant nipple provided
51. Interval of lubricant hours
Winding &Bearing Temperature Decoder

52. Whether separate Terminals box provided or not
5.0 DRAWINGS, DATA& MANULS
After award of the contact for approval:-

• Dimensional general arrangement drawings.
• Foundation plan and loading
• Cable end box details
• Space requirement for rotor removal.
• Thermal withstand curve hot & cold.
• Starting and speed characteristics curve at 80% & 100% voltage.
• Complete motor data.
• Erection and maintenance manual.
6.0 TESTS
Testing at factory:
141
Upon completion, each motor shall be subjected to standard routine tests as per IS .In addition, type test of at least 50% of
order number and as per choice of the consumer, shall be performed. Further any special tests called for in the driven
equipment specification shall be performed. The manufacture/Tenderer has to bear all expense for such testing to witness
the test for maximum two representatives (not bellow the rank of JE) of the dept. to the manufacturer premises within
shortest possible time. Six (6) copies of routine and type test certificate shall be submitted for approval prior to despatch of
the motors from the manufacturer factory.
Checking before installation

Check clean and dry
Air gap check
Tightness of fastener (nuts, bolts, locking clips)
All safety guard
Earth connection lead
Lubrication points
Paint finish
Ventilation path fitters etc. are to be checked.
Correctness of name plate and diagram plate
Motor terminal box
Coupling and driving unit.
BTD and RTD Terminal box check.
CHAIRMAN
142
SECTION M
SPECIFICATION OF SUB STATION BUILDING
1.0 SCOPE OF WORK:
The scope of work of this specification covers selection of HT VCB panel for receiving of power from
WBSEDCL and feeding the power transformer of one number 800 KVA as per requirement of load
demand as well as smooth running of intake jetty pumping station and other electrical load within the
plant complex. The construction of building is the bidder scope (Specification of civil works as per
ANEX building of this Technical specification) and maintenance of the same as per Technical
specification writes down in this specification. The arrangement of earthing, cabling, internal illumination
system and fire extinguisher etc shall have to be constructed/ laying as per specification details write
down in the Bid.
2.0 GENERAL
1. HT & LT Distribution panel

2. 1 (one) no 800 KVA capacity of transformer 11KV/ 0.433 KV at intake jetty pumping
station site with Earthing of installation
3. APFC panel for improvement of residual Power Factor.
3.0 HT 11 KV VCB PANEL

11000 Volt 630 Amp three phase 50 Hz VCB switch board shall have to be provided for feeding 800
KVA transformer at indoor substation at intake jetty pumping station side.
3.1 Standards
The offered equipment should comply to IS: 13118,IS:3427,IS:2705,IS:3156,IS:613 up to the latest
version. The VCB and Switchboard shall be complied the latest international standard. The VCB shall
be type tested in accordance to IEC: 62271-100, whereas the cubical shall be type tested as per IEC:
62271-200 and to meet stringent safety norms, the cubical shall be subjected to internal arc test at 40
KA 1 sec. The switchgear shall be subjected to climate aging tests accordance to IEC 60932,and
proven to design class 2 (the highest class).The switch gear shall be designed and tested to ensure the
safety of the operator in the event of any fault. Arc vents shall be provided in the busbar, cable and
VCB compartments.
3.2 HT VCB Panel
The each H.T switch board shall be suitable for three phase 11000 volt 50 Hz A.C main power supply
and at least suitable for 350 MVA fault level of power supply. This shall be made of high grade pickled-
143
&-oiled mild steel sheet cut & folded on numerical controlled machines. The cubical parts shall be
riveted / bolted together to form a rigid enclosure with fully segregated busbar compartment, circuit
compartment, VCB compartment and low voltage compartment. The construction shall be complied
fully with the requirement of a metal clad enclosure as defined in IEC 62271-200. Standard protection
grade shall be IP-45as per IEC-60529.
The bus bar chamber shall be housed of the main bus bar system. The bus bar shall be provided with
the insulation along the complete length and the joints will be provided with removable shrouds and
shall be garneted no leakage current shall not be flowed in the long run. The main bus bar shall be 630
amps and made of electrolytic grade copper and shall be vertically placed one after another. The bus
bar should be air insulated and must be covered with by special heat shrink PVC insulating sleeve /
epoxy insulation coating and follow the colour code R-Y-B for easy identification of the phases. The
bush bar chamber shall be designed or placed in a position no live parts should not be easily
accessible. The earth bus bar also should be Electrolytic grade copper. The bus bar system shall be
single bus bar type. The VCB chamber shall be housed the VCB truck. The movement of the VCB truck
shall be interlocked with the VCB and the VCB door to provide complete safety. The automatic metal
shutters shall be provided to prevent access to live parts when VCB is isolated or withdrawn. This
metallic shutter shall be spring operated and the mechanism is, in turn, linked to the movement of the
circuit breaker truck. The mechanism shall not be acceptable if it is gravity control. The above
mechanism shall be adopted at when the voltage transformer (potential transformer) is withdrawn from
the circuit. The VCB comportment shall be fitted with a padlock able front door. The operation of the
VCB and the earthing switch shall be carried out with the door closed.
The followings interlocks shall be provided in the panel for safety Measure:-
• All operation shall be carried behind closed door.
• VCB shall not be engaged or withdrawn unless it is in open position.
• VCB shall not be operated unless it is in the engaged or test position.
• Earthing switch shall not be closed when VCB in engaged position.
• VCB shall not be engaged when the earthing switch is closed.
• The rear door shall not be opened unless the breaker is in test position and the earthing switch
is closed.
• VCB shall not be racked unless the plug is lifted.
The VCB cubical and parts shall be painted by an epoxy base powder coating paint. The breaker shall
be vacuum break with integral truck design and horizontal isolation and horizontal draw out type. It shall
have a motor/hand charged spring, stored energy manual or electrical release. The spring charging
shall be O-C-O cycle. The VCB should be of single break design and have one interrupter per phase.
The vacuum interrupter should not be pinch tube type design, it should be sealed by brazing in a
vacuum oven and all the vacuum interrupter must be segregated in cast resin housing. The minimum
expected operational life of the vacuum interrupter should be 30000 thousand mechanical, 10000
electrical at rated current & 100 at rated short circuit. The VCB mechanism shall be minimal
maintenance. The breaker should have minimum auxiliary switch of 6 NO +6 NC. The VCB shall be
tested as per latest international standard IEC: 62271-100.
The low voltage compartment shall have in the cubical for housing mounting terminals, fuses, MCB,
relays, meter etc for any standard scheme. An additional chamber should be mounted, if, necessary, for
144
complex protection and control scheme. Wire bunches should be routed through, horizontal and vertical
wire ways which provide order and support.
The cable termination height shall be more than 600 mm above floor level and generous space will be
provided for terminating the power cables. This will be ensures a higher bending radius as well as
reduces tension on terminals. The cable chamber shall be housed CT and the earthing switches. Circuit
earthing switch shall be affected by a fault make earthing switch interlocked with the VCB. The switch
will be tested to make and carry the rated short circuit for 2 seconds. Earthing by means of integral
earthing switch is proven to be safe, simple and reliable. Bus bar earthing will be effected by a bus bar
earthing switch usually mounted at the bus section panel. Earthing trucks for cable earthing and bus
earthing trucks shall be provided for safety management.
The dual core double ratio current transformer shall be mounted of 50-25/5+5 amp current capacity of
bushing type CT and mounting arrangement ensures higher degree of safety. The class of CT will be
5P10 of class 0.5 per phase for protection & class-1 for metering respectively. The burden of the CT
should not less than 15VA.
The voltage (potential) transformer (PT) shall be draw out type and shall be mounted rear side and
upper half of the cubical. The potential transformer should have the HRC fuse protection both the
primary and secondary side. There should be provision for replacing the fuses both the sides when the
circuit is in live condition. The P.T cast resin moulded and insulated type encapsulated and 3 phase
type with Y-Y connection. It should be class of 1.0 for industrial metering and class 5.00 for relay co-
ordination with over voltage factor 1.2 continuous for a solidly grounded system.
The rectifier / stored energy power pack unit shall be provided in the panel for closing and operating
mechanism the AC source will be voltage transformer. The one no universal voltage LED indicating
lamp shall be included in the power pack unit in input and output side that indicates system is healthy.
The name plate, lifting arrangement and the designation label should be provided for each panel.
3.3 Technical Data.

1. Rated voltage at 50 Hz up to 12 KV
2. Impulse withstand voltage 75 k Vp
3. One minute power frequency withstand voltage 28 kV
4. Transient recovery voltage 20.6 k Vp
5. Normal current 630 Amp.
6. Short circuit breaking current 25 kA
7. Short circuit making current 50 KA
8. Duration of short circuit 3 sec
9. Degree of protection IP 45
10. Operating sequence 0-0.3 sec-CO-3 min-CO
11. Operating time (in msec) 35
12. Breaking time < 3 cycle
13. Full load switching life 10,000
14. Closing voltage / Tripping voltage 24V-220V
15. Spring charging voltage 24 V-220 V DC / 110 V-230 V AC
16. DC source Rectifier /stored energy power pack.
145
3.4 Components for each feeder
1. 1 set mechanical ON& OFF indicator

2. 1 set of universal voltage LED indicating lamp for On & OFF ,Trip, Spring charged, Trip circuit
Healthy, DC fail indication of the VCB
3. Shunt trip coil of rated DC voltage
4. 1 space heater with ON & OFF switches with thermostatic arrangement.
5. Panel illumination lamp with door switch
6. 1 no 96 sq mm (0-14 KV) voltmeter with selector switch with protection fuses.
7. 1no 96 sq mm (0-75A) ammeters with selector switch.
8. 1 no Local remote switch
9. TNC breaker control switch with Pistol handle.
3.5 Relay details. For Incomer feeder & Outgoing feeder with Transformer protection
The Digital microprocessor based feeder protection relay shall be provided for incomer panel. The
IDMT characteristics shall have to be incorporated in the relay with the feature 3 phase over current
with Earth fault protection with current setting from 50 to 200% of normal current in 7 steps in case of
over current and 10 to 40% of normal current in 7 steps in case of earth fault with self / without self-
supervision feature- if without self-supervision - supervision relay shall be incorporated separately .The
relay shall have self / without high speed tripping device-if without high speed tripping device – high
speed tripping device or serial port shall have to be incorporated. The rating of the relay will be 5 Amp
or 1 Amp as per rating of the CT. The auxiliary supply will be 20 – 110 V DC as per output of the
rectifier/ stored energy power pack and the rating of shunt/ under voltage relay tripping device. The
construction of the relay shall have to draw out type in such a manner when relay will be taken out that
CT Circuit must have the short circuited.
Trip circuit Supervision relay VAX 31 / Eqv. – 1 no

High speeds Master Trip relay VAJH 13 /Eqv. - 1 no.
Auxiliary relay for Transformer faults- VAA33- 2 nos.
8 Window Annunciator – 1 No
3.6 Testing
The fully assembled switchboard shall be offered for Routine Testing as per provision of IS Standard
and witnessed by the Dept. engineer. The Travelling cost boarding and fooding cost bear by the
agency. The movement of the Eng. Personnel should be least path and minimum time. The following
tests are carried out
a. Insulation Resistance measurement.

b. High voltage test with breaker close and open.
c. Contact resistance measurement of the breaker
d. High voltage test of the breaker.
146
The manufacturer/ bidder should be submitted 6 copies all test report at the time of billing.
3.6 Installation
The preparation of foundation should be according to the foundation plan. Enough space should be
provided nearly 1.7 M from the front and 0.1000 m from the rear. Foundation bolts, cable trenches
should be prepared as per approved submitted drawing. The erection should be carried out as per
manufacturer instruction manual.
4.0 POWER TRANSFORMER

The indoor type 800 KVA Transformer shall be 11000 volt in primary side and 433 volt in secondary
side. The transformer is to be required for feeding the total electrical loading of the water treatment
plant and pumping station.
4.1 General
Power Transformer shall have to two sets of winding (suitable size of the electrolytic grade copper
conductor) wound in a common magnetic core. The core of the windings shall be enclosed in a tank
filled with Transformer oil. The properties of Transformer oil shall be in accordance with IS1026-2016
and the colour of the oil pale yellow colour. The Terminals of the windings shall be connected to the end
of the internal bushing ends. The bushing shall be supported by the Transformer tank body. A tap
changer shall be provided in the Low voltage side and it is off load tap changing type of scale ±2.5%
and 5 % in accordance with vector group DY-11 and N brought out. The oil filed transformer shall have
a conservator tank / corrugated tank without conservator with / without level gauge placed slightly
higher of the Transformer tank with/ without a breather filled by silica jell which allow the air to the
conservator tank without moisture. A Buchholz relay / DMCR protection relay shall be placed – it
protects the transformer when gases are generated in oil due to small discharge or arc. An explosion
vent shall have to be provided for protecting the Transformer from firing. The transformer will be run
continuously so the efficient cooling system shall be provided by radiator fins type arrangement/ in
transformer core tank. The fins / extended core tank shall be jointed in such a fashion no leakage of
transformer oil will not be acceptable. A winding Temperature indicator with alarm and trip contact
placed in the Transformer tank with time delay setting (i) Alarm- 95degree centigrade (ii) Trip- 120
degree centigrade. The followings safety devices will be accompanied with the transformer.
• Fluid Level gauge.
• Bushing for termination of cables
• Explosion Vent
• Cooling system
• Hot spot Temperature indicator
• Buchholz Relay/ DMRC protection relay
• Silica gel dehydration breather (obligatory)
• Oil filter valve
• Transformer tank drain valve one upper and one lower
• Bi-directional roller
• Two earthing Terminals
• Air release valve
• Lifting Lugs
• Off load tap changer at low voltage side with padlock arrangement
147
• Rating plate with diagram
• Oil for first filling of oil.
4.2 Check List Filled by the bidder (before issuing of the Work order)
1. Name of the manufacturer :
2. Service : Continuous / Short time;
3. Rated KVA :
4. Rated voltage at H.V & LV side :
5. Rated Frequency : --------- Hz
6. Temperature rise of oil : ----- Degree centigrade
7. Temperature rise of winding by
Resistance method : ------- Degree centigrade

8. Number of phases :
9. Connection : HV------- - LV------
10. Vector Group : ---------
11. Tapings : LV: --------- Per cent
12. No load current at rated voltage &
At rated frequency : HV-----Amp. LV----Amp.
13. No load loss at rated voltage &
At rated frequency : ----------- KW
14. Load loss at rated current& 75
Degree centigrade : ---------Percent
15. Impedance at rated current& 75
`Degree centigrade : ---------Percent
16. Reactance at rated current & frequency : ---------Percent
17. Efficiency at 75 Degree centigrade at
Unity power factor:
At full load : ---------Percent
At ¾ th full load : ---------Percent
At ½ full load : ---------Percent
18. Efficiency at 75 Degree centigrade at
0.8 lag power factor:
At full load : ---------Percent
At ¾ th full load : ---------Percent
At ½ full load : ---------Percent
19. Regulation at full load at 1000C
At unity power factor : ---------Percent
At o.8 power factor lag : ---------Percent
20. Core & Windings weight : ----------kg
21. Tank with fittings : ---------- kg
22. Total Weight : -----------kg
23. Quantity of oil : ------------ Litre
24. Overall dimension : Length --------mm
Width ----------mm
Breadth --------mm
148
25. Terminals arrangement at HV & LV :
26. Terminals Markings :
4.3 Testing (Factory)

The following routine test shall be performed at factory in presence of the dept. engineer not bellow the
rank of SAE. The Travelling cost boarding and food cost bear by the agency. The movement of the
Eng. Personnel should be least path and minimum time. The following tests are
a. Ratio and polarity test

b. Load losses test
c. Impedance measurement test
d. Insulation test
e. Resistance of windings
f. No load loss
g. No load current
h. Voltage test- windings (i) Separate source (ii) Induced Voltage
i. Core insulation voltage Test
j. Efficiency calculation submitted by the bidder in presence of the Dept. Testing Eng.
If the efficiency bellow the 98 % the transformer will not be acceptable.
4.4 Installation
The preparation of foundation should be according to the foundation plan. Enough space should be
provided nearly 1.7 M from the front and 0.1000 m from the rear. Foundation bolts, cable trenches
should be prepared as per approved submitted drawing. The first filling of oil shall be done by using oil
filtration machine and record the break down voltage of the oil by using H.V oil testing machine. The
erection should be carried out as per manufacturer instruction manual
5.0 Main power distribution board (PDB)
Medium voltage Power Distribution board is required to receive power from 800 kVA capacity
Transformers and provide ACB as incomer and ACB as outgoing feeders to feed Motor Control Centre
at utility loads at intake jetty HT substation. The PDB shall be suitable for 415V ± 10%, 50Hz ± 3%, 3
phase, 4 wire supply system and Degree of Protection IP-54. The PDB shall be 2mm CRCA sheet steel
enclosed, floor mounted type, self- supporting, fully compartmentalized , cubicle pattern and all the
compartment door would be interlocked in such a way, the door cannot be open unless the switch is in
Off position. It shall be finish painted with powder coated paint after necessary chemical treatment for
rust free surfaces and application of anti rust chemical coating. The base frame of the panel shall be
made of ISMC – 75 channels. The panel shall be dead front type with concealed hinged doors at front
and bolted covers at the rear. It shall have rear access and the cable termination arrangement shall be
provided at the rear of respective feeder modules where detachable type undrilled cable gland plates
shall be provided for this purpose. The vertical dropper bus bars shall be placed in between two vertical
aligned feeder modules. The bus of the panel shall be made of E91E grade of Aluminium alloy
insulated with 1.1KV grade heat shrink type PVC colour coded sleeve. The rating of the bus bar shall
be 2 to 2.5 times of the full load current of low voltage side of the transformer. The current density of the
bus bars shall not exceed 1Amp / Sq. mm. The bus bars shall be supported on non-hygroscopic resin
moulded fibre glass supports / insulators and the distance between supports/insulators shall be so
149
designed to make the bus bar system capable of withstanding a short circuit fault current of 50KA
(r.m.s.) for 1 Sec. Two cut outs shall be provided at the top bus chamber and covered with plate for
future extension purpose. The front bus bar chamber shall be fully shrouded to avoid accidental contact
with the live bus bars. The minimum clearance between bus bars and bus bars to earth shall be as per
I.S. Specification. Air Circuit Breaker termination shall be done with extended bus bar arrangement. The
cable termination chamber shall be provided with cable supporting clamps. Each Breaker shall receive
4 nos. 1.1KV 3.5 core not less than required 240 Sq. mm. armoured Al. Cable. For other outgoing
feeders the cable alley shall have to be provided in such a fashion that the cable will be taken out
easily. The control wiring of the panel shall be done with 1.1 KV grades PVC insulated flexible copper
wires with tinned copper lugs and ferrule marking at each end. Wire bunches routed through horizontal
and vertical wire ways which provide support and order. All hinged doors shall be earthed with flexible
copper wires. Lifting arrangement shall be provided for lifting at the top of the panel. 2 Nos. space
heaters with rotary switch shall be provided in bottom of the panel board.
The rating of the incomer will be full load current of LT side of the transformer.
Incoming Feeders each consists of followings devices:
a. 1(one) No. 1600 amps electrically draw out type microprocessor based 4 poles Air Circuit
Breaker with the following feature such as breaking capacity 50KA, rated operational voltage
– 690 V AC, rated insulation voltage – 1000 V AC and impulse withstand voltage- 12 KV with
quick make break trip free mechanism and provided with over load and short circuit trip
release, shunt trip coil, safety shutters, castle lock.
b. 1 No. flush mounted type Voltmeter (0-500V) with selector switch.
c. 1 No. flush mounted type Ammeter 0-(breaker rating) A with selector switch and CT
d. 3 nos. Universal Voltage LED for indication of Breaker On/Off/Trip.
e. Current Transformer of ratio 1500 / 5A, Class: 1.0, 15 VA 3 Nos.
f. Current Transformer of ratio 1500 / 5A, Class: 5P10, 15 VA 3 Nos.
g. Red, Yellow, Blue phase indicating lamp 3 Nos.
h. CB ON / OFF / TRIP / Spring Charged / Trip Circuit Health DC Fail Indicating Lamp 6 Nos.
i. TNC Breaker Control Switch 1 No.
j. 1 No. Non Directional IDMT Relay with high instantaneous element for over current & earth fault
protection type.
k. 1 No. flush mounted Multifunction meter with Power factor indication.
Outgoing Feeders
A. For feeding main panel of the pumping station
a. 1 no 1250 A for feeding the main pumping station panel electrically draw out type
microprocessor based 4 pole Air Circuit Breaker with the following feature such as breaking
150
capacity 50 KA, rated operational voltage – 690 V AC, rated insulation voltage – 1000 V AC
and impulse withstand voltage- 12 KV with quick make quick break trip free mechanism and
provided with over load and short circuit trip release, shunt trip coil, safety shutters, castle lock
with Digital feeder protection relay with 3 phase over current & earth fault element each with
high set unit for feeding the IGLR pumping station panel.
b. 1 No. 96 Sq. mm. flush mounted type Ammeter 0-1200 A with selector switch and CT
c. 3 Nos. Universal Voltage LED for indication of Breaker On/Off/Trip.
d. 2 Nos. 63A TPN outgoing Feeders MCCB (for Yard Lighting + miscellaneous use)
e. 1 no 25 A TPN outgoing Feeders MCCB for house wiring purpose
f. 1 no 400 A for feeding the APFC panel placed in the substation electrically draw out type
microprocessor based 3 pole Air Circuit Breaker with the following feature such as breaking
capacity 50 KA, rated operational voltage – 690 V AC, rated insulation voltage – 1000 V AC
and impulse withstand voltage- 12 KV with quick make quick break trip free mechanism and
provided with over load and short circuit trip release, shunt trip coil, safety shutters, castle lock
with Digital feeder protection relay with 3 phase over current & earth fault element.
g. 96 sq mm 0 – 400 A MISC. Ammeter with Selector Switch 1 No.
h. Current Transformer of ratio 400 / 5A, Class: 1.0, 15 VA 3 Nos.
i. TNC Breaker Control Switch 1 No.
j. CB ON / OFF / TRIP / Earth Fault Trip Indicating Lamp 4 Nos.
k. Spare 63 A MCCB -2 nos.
l. Spare for internal illumination & External illumination
Checklist for Medium Voltage Panel (PCC) (submitted by the successful bidder before issuing
the work order)
A. Make :
B. Rated Voltage / Rated Current :
C. Short Circuit Withstand Capacity 50 KA : Yes / No.
D. Sheet Steel Thickness :
E. Degree of Protection IP – 54 : Yes / No.
F. Bus Bar Rating & Short time capacity … Amp / ………KA
G. Bus bar material / grade :
Incomer:
H. Incomer Type : ACB / MCCB / MPCB
I. Rating of the Incomer : --------Volt
….Amp…KA
151
Breaking Capacity ………No. of Pole
Relay:
J. Protective Relay Type : Draw out / Non draw out
K. Relay Voltage : Self /
Separate………Voltage
L. Relay feature (O.C. & E.F.) : Yes / No.
M. Used in Incomer feeder : Yes / No.
Outgoing Feeder:
P. Outgoing Type : ACB / MCCB / MPCB
Q. Nos. of outgoing :
R. Rating of the outgoing : --------Volt ……….Amp ……..KA
Breaking Capacity ………No. of Pole
S. Protective relay Type (ACB Feeder) :
T. Switch Fuse Unit Number & Rating :
U. Size: Length x Breadth x Height in mm. :
V. Approximate weight in Kg. :
Testing
A. Visual inspection for checking the panel components, its voltage, current rating, breaking
capacity etc. as per approved drawings.
B. The insulation Test as Indian Electricity Rules.
C. Operation test at site with load.
D. Relay Tripping Test as per specification at site.
Installation
A. Transport of materials from store to erection site

B. After opening the packing case, inspection of materials is required, if any damage is occurred
during transportation necessary rectification is to be done, if require touch up paint should be
done where necessary.
C. All alignment, levelling, grouting, anchoring and adjustment including Inter Panel locking as
necessary in accordance with manufacturers. Any chipping/ levelling insertion of packing plate‟s
minor attendance of board internals etc. as necessary for the above is in bidder scope.
D. Retightening of the bus bar and rechecking of the control panel wiring are in the bidder scope.
6.0 APFC panel (Automatic power factor correction panel)
The Medium voltage APFC panel is required to develop the power factor from 0.8 lag to 0.98 lag after
providing 400 A TPN (four poles) ACB. The APFC panel shall be suitable for indoor type 415V ± 10%,
50Hz ± 3%, 3 phase, 4 wire supply system and Degree of Protection IP-40. The APFC panel shall be
2mm CRCA sheet steel enclosed, floor mounted type, self- supporting, fully compartmentalized, dust
proof, cubicle pattern. It shall be finish painted with powder coated paint after necessary chemical
treatment for rust free surfaces and application of anti rust chemical coating. The base frame of the
panel shall be made of ISMC – 75 channels. The panel shall be dead front type with concealed hinged
doors at front and bolted covers at the rear. It shall have rear access at respective feeder modules
152
where Capacitor bank shall be provided. The bus of the panel shall be made of E91E grade of
Aluminium alloy insulated with 1.1KV grade heat shrink type PVC colour coded sleeve. The rating of the
bus bar shall be 2 to 2.5 times of the full load current of the capacitor draw current. The current density
of the bus bars shall not exceed 1Amp / Sq. mm. The bus bars shall be supported on non-hygroscopic
resin moulded fibre glass supports / insulators and the distance between supports/insulators shall be so
designed to make the bus bar system capable of withstanding a short circuit fault current of 50KA
(r.m.s.) for 1 Sec. The front bus bar chamber shall be fully shrouded to avoid accidental contact with the
live bus bars. The minimum clearance between bus bars and bus bars to earth shall be as per I.S.
Specification.
The capacitors shall be of APP type. The capacitors shall conform to IS 2834 of latest amendments.
The panel shall be suitable for minimum 250 KVAR rating (Exact KVAR rating should be calculated and
submitted at the time of detail engineering) and complete in all respect with 4/6 (four/Six) stages of
each 30 KVAR, 4/6 ( four/six ) stages of each 25 KVAR, 2 stages of each 10 KVAR, 2 stages of each 5
KVAR capacitor bank to generate 250 KVAR at 440 V as per requirement to improve P.F. as far as
possible 0.95(in no condition the PF will be go to leading stage). The capacitors should come into line
automatically with certain time delay for which contactors / relays / timers should be used. Suitable
current transformer and potential transformer is to be used. There shall be also provision for manual
push button operation in addition to the auto mode. Switches with HRC fuses should be provided for
each current. P.F. meters in incoming & outgoing are to be placed along with one ammeter for
displaying the improvement in P.F. achieved. The panel should be with all interconnection complete.
The control wiring should be with 2.5 sq mm „Cu‟ single core conductor of 1.1 KV grade cable.
The following components are to be incorporated with the panel.
a) All power contactor shall be Capacitor duty (with dumping resistance) for capacitor switching.
b) All individual feeders will be backed by suitable rated Power fuse base with link.
c) All individual bank should be suitable for Manual / Auto operation.
d) APFC relay will be 16 channels with microprocessor base system along with display.
7.0 Testing
A. Visual inspection for checking the panel components, its voltage, current rating,
breaking capacity etc. as per approved drawings.
B. The insulation Test as Indian Electricity Rules.
C. Operation test at site with load.
D. Relay Tripping Test as per specification at site.
8.0 Installation
A. Transport of materials from store to erection site.
153
B. After opening the packing case, inspection of materials is required, if any damage is
occurred during transportation necessary rectification is to be done, if require touch
up paint should be done where necessary.
C. All alignment, levelling, grouting, anchoring and adjustment including Inter Panel
locking as necessary in accordance with manufacturers. Any chipping/ levelling
insertion of packing plate’s minor attendance of board internals etc. as necessary for
the above is in bidder scope.
D. Retightening of the bus bar and rechecking of the control panel wiring are in the
bidder scope
CHAIRMAN
SECTION - N
LAYING OF RISING MAIN
1.0 Scope of Work :-

Laying D.I. pipes (700 mm dia. K9) including earth work in excavation in
trenches, shoring (if necessary) of adequate width having minimum depth
to keep the top surface of pipe 1.00M below of the existing ground level in
any kind of soil mixed with boulder, metal crust, concrete pavement, any
road sub-grade and its flank etc., dewatering the trenches, preparing
the bottom surface of the trenches for continuous bedding including sand
filling (if necessary) or over ground installation to cross ditches etc.
supported with RCC pillars as & when necessary and fitting, fixing, jointing
(all types of joints) valves, specials etc. as per requirement, in position,
cutting, chamfering of pipes as required, carriage of materials from
departmental store to work site, constructing sluice valve chambers
including supply and fitting in position sluice valve of different dia. as per
requirement , filling of the trenches with excavated materials,
consolidating the same in layers, temporary road restoration, guarding
trenches with temporary bamboo railing for safety where necessary,
emergency horizontal auger boring ( for roads other than NH & SH) where
necessary, removing the surplus materials from site including all labour
charges, tools and plants, hydraulic pressure testing, cleaning and
154
disinfection of pipes etc. complete in all respect as per IS 12288-
1987(latest edition) and instruction of E.I.C.
( Only the pipes, rubber rings, Mechanical joints and specials of different dia.will
be supplied departmentally. Only sluice valve where necessary will be supplied
by agency.The surplus and unused materials are to be returned to store at his
own cost.)
CHAIRMAN
155
SECTION - O
ANNEXURE – I
Soil Investigation Report for Intake Structure
Soil investigation report has been attached as Annexure I. Bidder may

take his own survey at the site if he desires. But the safer values between
these two have to be taken while designing the foundation.
156
CHAIRMAN
ANNEXURE - II
LIST OF DOCUMENTS TO BE FURNISHED
List of instruments supplied by bidders have to be furnish by bidders and will be

uploaded in Technical Document 2 folder with digital signature.
1. Pump thrust bearing housing details.
2. Pump non-reverse ratchet details.
3. Finally approved pump house layout with load data.
4. Finally approved single line diagram of the electrical system and earthing.
157
5. Cable schedule and termination chart.
6. GA details of L.T. Board at pumping and substation.
7. Schematic power wiring drawings (M.V), panel wise.
8. Schematic Control Wiring drawings panel wise.
9. List of authorized service centres of individual equipment.
10. List of special tools & tackles required for effective installation & maintenance.
11. Installation, operation, maintenance manuals for all equipment.
12. Completion drawings for all electrical circuit diagrams, layout Terms & Conditions.
(The drawings etc. shall be furnished on transparency along with the copies
mentioned).
CHAIRMAN
ANNEXURE – III
Tentative Lay-Out plan of Sub station Building
A tentative lay out drawing has been attached herewith as Annexure III for Substation
building.
158
CHAIRMAN
ANNEXURE – IV
LIST OF TOOLS OF ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT
Supplied by the bidder
Mechanical instrument
Double Ended Spanner (6 mm to 25 mm) : 3 Sets
Screw Driver (6 mm to 25 mm) : 3 Sets
Sliding Pipe Wrench
159
150 mm : 3 Nos.
250 mm : 3 Nos.
300 mm : 3 Nos.
350 mm : 3 Nos.
Hand Drill (6 mm to 19 mm) : 3 Sets
H.S. Drills (1.5 mm to 10 mm) : 3 Nos.
Round Rough File 350 mm : 3 Nos.
Flat Rough File 350 mm : 3 Nos.
Steel Tape 2 Meter : 3 Nos.
Hacksaw 300 mm : 3 Nos.
Hammer with handle
1 kg : 3 Nos.
2.5 kg : 3 Nos.
Cold Chisel 200 mm x 20 mm : 3 Nos.
Centre Punch : 3 Nos.
Engineering Square 200 mm : 3 Nos.
Spirit Level : 3 Nos.
Electrical Equipment
Multi Range Tong Tester : 1 No.
500V Megger : 1 No.
Multi Meter : 1 No.
CHAIRMAN
160
ANNEXURE - V
LIST OF VENDORS
Sl No Equipment / Instrument Make
1. Pumps KIRLOSKAR/WPIL/ MATHER & PLANT
2. Motors SIEMENS/KBL/ABB/CG/MATHARON
3. MCC LARSEN & TOUBRO/SIEMENS/ABB/SALWIN
4. Electrical component LARSEN & TOUBRO/SIEMENS/ABB
6. Power distribution board - LARSEN & TOUBRO/SIEMENS/ABB/SALWIN
7. Hoist INDEF/ROPEMASTER/SUREKHA
8. Valves (Sluice/Butterfly/NRV)
Butterfly Valves VAG / IVC / Audco / M&P/ Kirlosker
Sluice Valves VAG/IVC /Audco /Kirloskar/ Mather & Platt
Specials ELECTROSTEEL / KEJRIWAL
9. Isolation Penstocks NIL
10. Pressure Gauge H.GURU/BELLS
11. Ammeter, Voltmeter AE / IMP/ L&T
12. Control Switches SIEMENS / L&T / ABB
13. Push buttons, Selector DO

Switches, Indicating Lamps
14. Air Circuit Breakers GE/LARSEN & TOUBRO/ABB
15. Power Cable (Aluminium) INCAB/UNIVERSAL/GLOSTER/NICCO/FINOLEX
16. Control Cable (Copper) INCAB/ UNIVERSAL/ NICCO/ FINOLEX
17. HRC Fuse LARSEN & TOUBRO/SIEMENS/GE
18. Contractors LARSEN & TOUBRO/SIEMENS/GE
19. Overload Relays SIEMENS/GE/LARSEN & TOUBRO/AVK-SEG &

CONTROLS (I) LTD/CUTLER HAMMER
20. Local Start/Stop SWITCHGEAR AND ACCESSORIES/

Push Button Station SIEMENS/L&T
21. Current Transformers CROMPTON/BHARAT BIJLEE/EMCO/KAPP
161
22. OC/EF & Under voltage EE/LARSEN & TOUBRO/ABB
Relays
23. Capacitor CROMPTON/KHATAU JUNDER/NCEF/UNISTAR
24. Light Fitting including Lamps PHILIPS/BAJAJ/CROMPTON

& Tubes
25. Ceiling Fans & Cabin Fans GEC/ CROMPON/Bajaj
26. Exhaust Fans GEC/CROMPON/ BAJAJ
27. 15-A Industrial Plug ANCHOR

Socket outlets
28 Multi-range Tongue Tester MOTWANE
29. Avo-meter MOTWANE/HITACHI
30. 500 Volt Meggar HITACHI/MOTWANE
31. Paints ICICI/JONSON & NICHOLSON/SHALIMER/

BERGER
32. Epoxy Resin CIBA - GEIGY
33. Fibre Glass Mat FIBRE GLASS PILKINGTON
34. Flow meter ABB/KoniMARSHALL
35. Temper proof air release valve KBL/IVC
36. Power Transformer SCHINIDER/KEC/CG/BHEL
37. HT VCB SCHINIDER/KEC/CG/BHEL/BICCO-LAWRIEE
38. Cement KONARK/ULTRATECH/ACC/LAFFARGE/AMBUJA
39. Reinforcement Steel TATA/SAIL/JINDAL/RINL
40. Admixture Dr. Fixit
CHAIRMAN
162
ANNEXURE - VI
LIST OF DEVIATIONS
The Bidders are advised to fill up the list of deviations, they indicate/sought for in their
offer, showing the specifications & the deviations wanted backed by all clarifications &
justifications.
If there is no deviation sought, the Bidder must indicate NIL in the list.
Sl. Items Details as per Bid Details of the offer Reason for which
No. specification such deviation sought
for with technical
backup
Signature of Bidder
163
CHAIRMAN
ANNEXURE – VII
Hydraulic Survey Report By Kolkata Port Trust
Photocopy of Hydraulic Investigation Report is enclosed/will be uploaded after pre-bid

meeting for general guidance.
CHAIRMAN
164
ANNEXURE – VIII
Tentative Lay-Out Plan Of Intake Jetty
One copy of „Tentative Drawing‟ of proposed Intake Jetty Pumping station located at Plot
No- Mouza : , J.L. No.- within Krishnanagar Municipality, Nadia, is enclosed herewith
for Bidders ready reference. They are requested to visit the Site physically and to verify
the dimensions of the proposed Plot and to judge all other conditions if any, which may
affect their Design and proposal.
CHAIRMAN
165
ANNEXURE – IX
Site PLAN
One copy of „Key plan for proposed Intake Jetty Pumping station & Sub Station located
at Plot No- Mouza : , J.L. No.- within Krishnanagar Municipality, Nadia, is enclosed
herewith for Bidders ready reference. They are requested to visit the Site physically and
to verify the dimensions of the proposed Plot and to judge all other conditions if any,
which may affect their Design and proposal.
CHAIRMAN
166

NIEB

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

NIEB

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

NIEB

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

TEL-FAX : 03472252455 e-mail ID – chairmankm@gmail.

NOTICE INVITING e-BID

2nd call /2016-17

(2nd Call of WBMAD/ULB/KRISHNANAGAR/AMRUT/NIT-17/2016-17)

1. Name of Work: Surveying, Planning, Designing, Construction &

3. Eligibility to participate Having experience and technical acumen in Executing,

Having sufficient qualified technical personnel (to be

Having annual turnover of at least Rs.10.00 Crore or

Having valid electrical license(Both HT & LT),

4. Documents to be A successful performance and completion certificate

a. Particulars of ownership/partnership or Board of

b. Copies of valid PAN Card, PF & E.S.I Registration

c. Bank solvency Certificate not less than 5.00 crores

d. Valid documents in support of annual Turnover.

e. List of machines & equipment necessary for fields.

f. List of Technical Personnel employed under the

g. Corresponding address, fax & telephone nos. Contract

All documents in original to be produced in due

5. Earnest Money 2% of the Quoted Bid price in two parts, vise

a. Rs. 5,00,000.00 (Rupees five Lakhs only) as an initial

b. Balance Earnest Money Deposit beyond Rs.5,

Note:- The Earnest Money, as specified in this NIeB shall be

6. Date and Time Schedule :-

Sl. Particulars Date and Time

a) Date of uploading of N.I.T. and Tender 24/03/2017

b) Documents download/sell start date (Online) 25/03/2017 at 10:00 AM

c) Documents download/sell end date (Online) 17/04/2017 at 5:00 PM

d) Seek Clarification start date NIL

e) Seek Clarification end date NIL

f) Date of Pre Bid Meeting with the intending 07/04/2017 at 1:00 PM

g) Bid submission start date (On line) 25/03/2017 at 10:00 AM

h) Bid Submission closing date (On line) 17/04/2017 at 5:00 PM

i) Bid opening date for Technical Proposals 20/04/2017 at 11.00 AM

j) Date of uploading list for Technically To be notified later.

k) Date and Place for opening of Financial To be notified during uploading of

l) Date of uploading of list of Bidders along To be notified later.

7. Time of completion Time of completion of the Contract is 12(twelve)

9. Bid documents A full set of Bid documents consists of 2 Parts. These

I) Part I containing all documents in relation to the

Section A: Description of the Project.

Section B: Conditions & requirements for Bidding.

Section C: General conditions of theContract.

Section D: Special provisions.

Section E: General specifications of Workmanship

Section F: General technical specification.

Section G: DETAILED TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR CIVIL

Section H: General Technical Specification for R.C.C

Section I: Technical Specification of Pumps.

Section j: Mechanical works

Section K: Motor Control Panel& Power Distribution

Section L: Electrical Motor Works

Section M: Specification of Sub station Building

Section N: Laying Of Rising Main

i. Soil Investigation Report.

II) Part II containing following documents;

a. Bid Price / Price Schedule (BOQ).

12. Acceptance of Bid The Chairman, Krishnanagar Municipality will accept

13. Intimation The successful Bidder will be notified in writing of the

After the Bid is provisionally accepted, the Bidder shall

Eventually, all the parts, Design, Drawings etc. of the

____________ (Name of work)